Phosphine ligands for catalytic reactions

ABSTRACT

The disclosure is directed to: (a) phosphacycle ligands; (b) catalyst compositions comprising phosphacycle ligands; and (c) methods of using such phosphacycle ligands and catalyst compositions in bond forming reactions.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No.13/591,117, filed Aug. 21, 2012, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S.application Ser. No. 13/184,425, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,841,487, filed Jul.15, 2011, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No.61/365,293 filed Jul. 16, 2010, the entire contents of which areincorporated herein by reference.

BACKGROUND

Transition metal catalyst complexes play important roles in organicsynthesis. These complexes contain a central transition metal such aspalladium as well as ligands that associate with the metal. Thecatalysts are used in a wide variety of carbon-carbon andcarbon-heteroatom bond forming reactions.

The properties of the catalysts are recognized as being influenced bythe nature of the central metal and also by the structure of theligands. The structure of the ligands is believed to have an effect onrate constants and regioselectivity of the reactions, for example.Phosphine ligands including trivalent phosphorus are known for use withtransition metals such as palladium. However, current ligands stillrequire significant catalyst loading and are not optimal in eitherreaction completion or reaction rate. There is therefore a need for newand more effective phosphine ligands.

SUMMARY

Phosphacycles suitable for use as ligands for transition metal catalystsystems include those represented by the general formula I,

or a salt thereof, wherein,

Ar¹ and Ar² are each independently aryl or heteroaryl, and wherein Ar¹and Ar² are each independently optionally substituted with one or moreR¹ and R², respectively;

R¹ and R² are independently selected at each occurrence from the groupconsisting of hydrogen; amino; hydroxyl; cyano; halo; alkyl; alkenyl;alkynyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; oxoalkyl; alkoxy; aryloxy;heteroaryloxy; acylamino; heteroarylamino; alkylamino; dialkylamino;cycloalkyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy,cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; cycloalkyloxy optionallysubstituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkylor haloalkoxy; 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted withalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy;phenyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy,cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; hydroxyalkoxy;alkoxyalkyl; aminoalkyl; N-alkylaminoalkyl; N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl;N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl; L¹—C(O)—OR^(1′), L¹—P(O)—(OR^(1′))₂, orL¹—S(O)₂—OR^(1′), wherein L¹ is a bond or alkylene, and R^(1′) isselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl and hydroxyalkyl;L²—O—C(O)—R^(2′), wherein L² is a bond or alkylene, and R^(2′) is alkylor hydroxyalkyl; L³—C(O)—NR^(3′)R^(4′), wherein L³ is a bond oralkylene, and R^(3′) and R^(4′) are each independently selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and hydroxyalkyl;L⁴—NR^(5′)—C(O)—R^(6′), wherein L⁴ is a bond or alkylene, R^(5′) ishydrogen or alkyl, and R^(6′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; sulfamoyl;N-(alkyl)sulfamoyl; N,N-(dialkyl)sulfamoyl; sulfonamide; sulfate;alkylthio; thioalkyl; and a ring containing an alkylene or—O—(CH₂)_(m)—O— formed by the joining together of any two R¹ or any twoR² or an R¹ and an R² , wherein m is 1, 2, 3 or 4;

X is a phosphine of formula (Ia):

-   -   wherein ring A is a monocyclic heterocyclic ring, bicyclic        heterocyclic ring, or tricyclic heterocyclic ring, and wherein        ring A includes 0 to 9 ring atoms in addition to the phosphorus        and 2 carbon ring atoms of formula (Ia), wherein said ring atoms        are each independently selected from the group consisting of        carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, phosphorus and sulfur; or    -   X is a phosphine of formula (Ib):

-   -   or    -   X is a phosphine fused to Ar¹ to give a compound of formula        (Ic):

-   -   wherein, ring B is a phosphorus heterocyclic ring with 0 to 5        ring atoms in addition to the phosphorus and carbon ring atoms        of formula (Ic), wherein said ring atoms are each independently        selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen,        phosphorus and sulfur, and    -   wherein the ring atoms of ring A and ring B are each        independently optionally substituted with one or more        substituents selected from the group consisting of alkenyl;        alkoxy; alkoxyalkyl; alkyl; alkylamino; alkylthio; alkynyl;        aminoalkyl; N-alkylaminoalkyl; N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl,        N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl; arylalkyl optionally substituted        with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or        haloalkoxy; cycloalkyl optionally substituted with alkyl,        alkenyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy;        dialkylamino; halo; haloalkyl; fluoroalkyl; C₅₋₆ heteroaryl        optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy,        cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; heterocycloalkyl        optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy,        cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; hydroxy; hydroxyalkyl;        oxo; an exocyclic double bond optionally substituted with alkyl,        alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl;        a 3- to 7-membered spiro ring containing zero, one, or two        heteroatoms; phenyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy;        L¹—C(O)—OR^(1′), L¹—P(O)—(OR^(1′))₂, or L¹—S(O)₂—OR^(1′),        wherein L¹ is a bond or alkylene, and R^(1′) is selected from        the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl or hydroxyalkyl;        L²—O—C(O)—R^(2′), wherein L² is a bond or alkylene, and R^(2′)        is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; L³—C(O)—NR^(3′)R^(4′), wherein L³ is a        bond or alkylene, and R^(3′) and R^(4′) are each independently        selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and        hydroxyalkyl; L⁴—NR^(5′)—C(O)—R^(6′), wherein L⁴ is a bond or        alkylene, R^(5′) is hydrogen or alkyl, and R^(6′) is alkyl or        hydroxyalkyl; and L⁷—NR^(8′)—S(O)₂—R^(9′), wherein L⁷ is a bond        or alkylene, R^(8′) is hydrogen or alkyl, and R^(9′) is alkyl or        hydroxyalkyl;    -   R^(P) is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl,        aikynyl, cycloaikyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein R^(P) is        optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy,        cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy, or R^(P) is a bridging        group between the phosphorus and another B ring atom, wherein        R^(P) is selected from the group consisting of alkylene,        alkenylene, alkynylene, and —(CR⁴¹R⁴²—O)_(q)—, wherein R⁴¹ and        R⁴² are each independently hydrogen or alkyl, and wherein q is 1        or 2, and wherein R^(P) is optionally substituted with alkyl,        alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy;    -   as to R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², and R¹³ in formulae (Ia) and (Ib),    -   R¹⁰ or R¹¹ together with R¹² or R¹³ form a ring; or    -   R¹⁰ and R¹¹ together with the carbon atom to which they are        attached form a spirocyclic ring and/or R¹² and R¹³ together        with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a        spirocyclic ring; or    -   one or more of R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ form a ring together with a        ring substituent of ring A; wherein, if any of substituents R¹⁰,        R¹¹, R¹², and R¹³ do not form a ring, said substituents are each        independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;        alkyl; alkenyl; haloalkyl; alkynyl; oxoalkyl; cycloalkyl        optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aikoxy,        cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; heterocyclyl optionally        substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo,        haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; C₅₋₆ heteroaryl optionally substituted        with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or        haloalkoxy; phenyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy;        hydroxyalkyl; alkoxyalkyl; aminoalkyl; N-alkylaminoalkyl;        N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl; N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl; thioalkyl;        L¹³—C(O)—OR^(14′), L¹³—P(O)—(OR^(14′))₂, or L¹³—S(O)₂—OR^(14′),        wherein L¹³ is a bond or alkylene, and R^(14′) is selected from        the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl and hydroxyalkyl;        L¹⁵—O—C(O)—R^(16′), wherein L¹⁵ is alkylene and R^(16′) is alkyl        or hydroxyalkyl; L¹⁷—C(O)—NR^(18′)R^(19′), wherein L¹⁷ is a bond        or alkylene, and R^(18′) and R^(19′) are each independently        selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and        hydroxyalkyl ; and L²⁰—NR^(21′)—C(O)—R^(22′), wherein L²⁰ is        alkylene, R^(21′) is hydrogen or alkyl, and R^(22′) is alkyl or        hydroxyalkyl; and    -   as to R¹⁴ and R¹⁵,    -   R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ together with the carbon atom to which they are        attached form a spirocyclic ring; or    -   one or more of R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ form a ring together with a ring atom        or ring substituent of ring B, wherein    -   if any of substituents R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ do not form a ring, said        substituents are each independently selected from the group        consisting of hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; haloalkyl; alkynyl,        oxoalkyl; cycloalkyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy;        heterocyclyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; C₅₋₆        heteroaryl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,        alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; phenyl optionally        substituted with alkyl; alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo,        haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; alkoxyalkyl; aminoalkyl;        N-alkylaminoalkyl; N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl;        N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl; thioalkyl; L¹³—C(O)—OR^(14′),        L¹³P(O)—(OR^(14′))₂, or L¹³—S(O)₂—OR^(14′) wherein L¹³ is a bond        or alkylene, and R^(14′) is selected from the group consisting        of hydrogen, alkyl and hydroxyalkyl; L¹⁵—O—C(O)—R^(16′) wherein        L¹⁵ is alkylene, and R^(16′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl;        L¹⁷—C(O)—NR^(18′)R^(19′), wherein L¹⁷ is a bond or alkylene and        R^(18′) and R^(19′) are each independently selected from the        group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and hydroxyalkyl; and        L²⁰—NR^(21′)—C(O)—R^(22′), wherein L²⁰ is alkylene, R^(21′) is        hydrogen or alkyl, and R^(22′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl.

The disclosure is directed to catalyst compositions comprising a ligandof formula (I) and one or more transition metal compounds.

The disclosure is directed to catalyst compositions comprising a ligandof formula (I) covalently bonded to a solid catalyst support.

The disclosure is directed to methods of performing a bond-formingreaction comprising catalyzing said reaction with a ligand of formula(I), wherein the bond-forming reaction is selected from the groupconsisting of carbon-nitrogen, carbon-oxygen, carbon-carbon,carbon-sulfur, carbon-phosphorus, carbon-boron, carbon-fluorine andcarbon-hydrogen.

The disclosure is directed to methods of forming a bond in a chemicalreaction comprising catalyzing said reaction with a ligand of formula(I), wherein the bond is selected from the group consisting of acarbon-nitrogen bond, a carbon-oxygen bond, a carbon-carbon bond, acarbon-sulfur bond, a carbon-phosphorus bond, a carbon-boron bond, acarbon-fluorine bond and a carbon-hydrogen bond.

The disclosure is also directed to methods of synthesizing phosphacylcessuch as a method comprising metalation of a biaryl halide to form biaryllithium species; reacting chlorophosphate with said biaryl lithiumspecies to form biaryl phosphonate; reduction of second product to formprimary phosphine; and reacting primary phosphine with a divinylketone.

Further benefits of this disclosure will be apparent to one skilled inthe art.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

This detailed description is intended only to acquaint others skilled inthe art with this disclosure, its principles, and its practicalapplication so that others skilled in the art may adapt and apply thedisclosure in its numerous forms, as they may be best suited to therequirements of a particular use. This description and its specificexamples are intended for purposes of illustration only. Thisdisclosure, therefore, is not limited to the embodiments described inthis patent application, and may be variously modified

Definitions

“Alkyl” refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbyl group offormula —(C_(n)H_(2n+1)). In an embodiment, n is 1 to 12, so that thealkyl has from 1 to 12 carbon atoms and is called as a C₁-C₁₂ alkyl.Similarly, in some embodiments, alkyl is a C₁-C₁₀ alkyl group, a C₁-C₆alkyl group, or a C₁-C₄ alkyl group. Examples of alkyl groups includemethyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl,hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and so on.

“Alkylene” is a hydrocarbyl group containing two points of attachment ondifferent carbons. An examples is ethylene represented by —(CH₂CH₂)—.“Alkylidene” is a hydrocarbyl group containing two points of attachmenton the same carbon. An example is ethylidene represented by —CH(CH₃)—.

“Alkenyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbyl group with atleast one site of unsaturation, i.e. a carbon-carbon, sp² double bond.The general formula is —(C_(n)H_(2n−1)). In an embodiment, alkenyl hasfrom 2 to 12 carbon atoms, represented as C₂-C₁₂ alkenyl. In someembodiments, alkenyl is a C₂-C₁₀ to alkenyl group or a C₂-C₆ alkenylgroup. Examples of alkenyl group include ethylene or vinyl (—CH═CH₂),allyl (—CH₂CH═CH₂), and 5-hexenyl (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CH═CH₂).

“Alkenylene” means a divalent group derived from a straight or branchedchain hydrocarbon and contains at least one carbon-carbon double. “C₂-C₆alkenylene” means an alkenylene group containing 2-6 carbon atoms.Representative examples of alkenylene include, but are not limited to,—CH═CH— and —CH₂CH═CH—.

“Oxoalkyl” is a substituted alkyl group wherein at least one of thecarbon atoms of an alkyl group is substituted with an oxo group, being adouble bond to an oxygen, also known as a carbonyl. An oxoalkyl groupthus has ketone or aldehyde functionality. If the oxo substitution is onthe first atom bonded to the respective ring, the group can be called as“alkanoyl” or “acyl,” being the group RC(O)— where R is an alkyl groupas defined herein. In various embodiments, “oxoalkyl” is a C₁-C₆oxoalkyl group, a C₁-C₆ oxoalkyl group, or a C₁-C₃ oxoalkyl group.

“Alkoxy” is RO—where R is alkyl. Non-limiting examples of alkoxy groupsinclude a C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy group, a C₁-C₆ alkoxy group, or a C₁-C₃ alkoxygroup methoxy, ethoxy and propoxy.

“Alkoxyalkyl” refers to an alkyl moiety substituted with an alkoxygroup. Embodiments can be named by combining the designations of alkoxyand alkyl. So for example, there can be (C₁-C₆)alkoxy-(C₁-C₁₀)alkyl andthe like. Examples of alkoxyalkyl groups include methoxymethyl,methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl, ethoxyethyl, and so on.

“Alkoxycarbonyl” is ROC(O)—, where R is an alkyl group as definedherein. In various embodiments, R is a C₁-C₁₀ alkyl group or a C₁-C₆alkyl group.

“Alkylamino” is RNH— and “dialkylamino” is R₂N—, where the R groups arealkyl as defined herein and are the same or different. In variousembodiments, R is a C₁-C₁₀ alkyl group or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group. Examplesof alkylamino groups include methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, andbutylamino. Examples of dialkylamino groups include dimethylamino,diethylamino, methylethylamino, and methylpropylamino.

“Alkynyl” refers to a straight or branched carbon-chain group with atleast one carbon-carbon, sp triple bond. In an embodiment, alkynyl hasfrom 2 to 12 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, alkynyl is a C₂-C₁₀alkynyl group or a C₂-C₆ alkynyl group. Examples of alkynyl groupsinclude acetylenic (—C≡CH) and propargyl (—CH₂C≡CH).

“Alkynylene” refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon of from2 to 10 carbon atoms containing at least one triple bond. Representativeexamples of alkynylene include, but are not limited to, —C≡C—, —CH₂C≡C—,—CH(CH₃)CH₂C≡C—, —C≡CCH₂—, and —C≡CCH(CH₃)CH₂—.

“Aikyithio” is —SR and “alkylseleno” is —SeR, where R is alkyl asdefined herein.

“Akylsulfate” and “arylsulfate” are —O—S(O₂)—OR where R is alkyl oraryl, respectively.

“Alkylsulfonate” and “arylsulfonate” are —S(O₂)—OR where R is alkyl oraryl, respectively.

“Alkysulfonyl” and “arylsulfonyl” are —S(O₂)—R, where R is alkyl oraryl, respectively.

“Alkylsulfonamido” is —N(R′)—S(O)₂—R, where R is alkyl and where R′ is Hor alkyl. “Arylsulfonamido” is —N(R′)—S(O)₂—R, where R is aryl and whereR′ is H or alkyl.

“Amino” (alone or in combination with another term(s)) means —NH₂.

“Aminoalkyl” is an alkyl group substituted with an amino group —NH₂.“N-alkylarninoalkyl” means aminoalkyl in which there is an alkyl groupsubstituted for one of the hydrogens of the amino group.“Dialkylaminoalkyl” or “N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl” means aminoalkyl in whichthere is an alkyl group substituted for both of the hydrogens of theamino group. The two substituted alkyl groups can be the same ordifferent. “Trialkylammoniualkyl” or “N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl” meansaminoalkyl in which there are three alkyl group substituted on thenitrogen of the amino group resulting in a net positive charge. Thethree substituted alkyl groups can be the same of different. Examples ofalkylaminoalkyl groups include methylaminomethyl and ethylaminomethyl.Examples of N,N-dialkylarninoalkyl groups include dimethylaminomethyland diethylaminomethyl. Examples of N,N,N-trialkyammoniumalkyl includetrimethylammoniummethyl and diethylmethlammoniummethyl.

“Aryl” refers to any monocyclic or bicyclic carbon ring of up to 7 atomsin each ring, wherein at least one ring is aromatic. Aryl encompasses aring system of up to 14 carbons atoms that includes a carbocyclicaromatic group fused with a 5-or 6-membered cycloalkyl group. Examplesof aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl,tetrahydronaphthyl and indanyl.

“Arylalkyl” refers to an aryl group, as defined herein, appended to theparent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein. Forexample, “aryl-C₁-C₆ alkyl” or “aryl—C₁C₈ alkyl” contains an aryl moietyattached to an alkyl chain of from one to six, or from one to eightcarbon atoms, respectively. Representative examples of arylalkylinclude, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl,and 2-naphth-2-ylethyl.

“Arylamino” is RNH—, where R is aryl.

“Aryloxy” is RO—, where R is aryl. “Arylthio” is RS—, where R is aryl.

“Carbamoyl” is the group HN₂—C(O)—; the nitrogen can be substituted withalkyl groups. N-(alkyl)carbamoyl is RNH—C(O)— and N,N-(alkyl)₂ carbamoylis R₂N—C(O)—, where the R groups are alkyl as defined herein and are thesame or different. In various embodiments, R is a C₁-C₁₀ alkyl group ora C₁-C₆ alkyl group.

“Cyano” as used herein, means a —CN group.

“Cycloalkyl” is a hydrocarbyl group containing at least one saturated orunsaturated ring structure which is not an aromatic ring, and attachedvia a ring carbon, In various embodiments, it refers to a saturated oran unsaturated but not aromatic C₃-C₁₂ cyclic moiety, examples of whichinclude cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl,cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl.

“Cycloalkyloxy” is RO—, where R is cycloalkyl.

“Cycloalkylalkyl” refers to an alkyl moiety substituted with a,cycloalkyl group, wherein cycloalkyl is as defined herein. Examples ofcycloalkylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to,cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl andcyclohexylmethyl.

“Fluoroalkyl” refers to an alkyl moiety substituted with one or morefluorine atoms. Examples of fluoroalkyl groups include —CF₃ and —CHF₂.

“Halo” refers to chloro (—Cl), bromo (—Br), fluoro (—F) or iodo (—I).“Haloalkoxy” refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more halogroups. Examples of haloalkoxy groups include, but are not limited to,—OCF₃, —OCHF₂ and —OCH₂F.

“Haloalkoxyalky” refers to an alkyl moiety substituted with a haloalkoxygroup, wherein haloalkoxy is as defined herein. Examples ofhaloalkoxyalkyl groups include trifluoromethoxymethyl,trifluoroethoxymethyl and trifluoromethoxyethyl.

“Haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl moiety substituted with one or more halogroups. Examples of haloalkyl groups include —CCl₃ and —CHBr₂.

“Heterocyclyl” includes the heteroaryls defined below and refers to anunsaturated, saturated, or partially unsaturated single ring, two fusedring, or three fused ring group of 2 to 14 ring-carbon atoms. Inaddition to ring-carbon atoms, at least one ring has one or moreheteroatoms selected from P, N, O and S. In various embodiments theheterocyclic group is attached to another moiety through carbon orthrough a heteroatom, and is optionally substituted on carbon or aheteroatom. Examples of heterocyclyi include azetidinyl,benzoimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzofurazanyl, benzopyrazolyl,benzotriazolyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl,cinnolinyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indolinyl, indolyl, indolazinyl,indazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl,isoxazolyl, naphthpyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxazoline,isoxazoline, oxetanyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl,pyridopyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolyl,quinazolinyl, quinolyl, quinoxalinyl, tetrahydropyranyl,tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl,tetrazulopyridyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, triazolyl,azetidinyl, 1, 4-dioxanyl, hexahydroazepinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl,pyridin-2-onyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl,dihydrobenzoimidazolyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothiophenyl,dihydrobenzoxazolyl, dihydrofuranyl, dihydroimidazolyl, dihydroindolyl,dihydroisooxazolyl, dihydroisothiazolyl, dihydrooxadiazolyl,dihydrooxazolyl, dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyridinyl,dihydropyrimidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl, dihydroquinolinyl,dihydrotetrazolyl, dihydrothiadiazolyl, dihydrothiazolyl,dihydrothienyl, dihydrotriazolyl, dihydroazetidinyl,methylenedioxybenzoyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and tetrahydrothienyl, andN-oxides thereof.

“Heterocyclylalkyl” is an alkyl group substituted with a heterocyclyl.

“Heterocyclyloxy” is RO—, where R is heterocyclyl. “Heterocyclylthio” isRS—, where R is heterocyclyl.

“Heteroaryl” is a heterocyclyl where at least one ring is aromatic. Invarious embodiments, it refers to a single ring, two ring fused system,or three ring fused system having up to 7 atoms in each ring, wherein atleast one ring is aromatic and contains from 1 to 4 heteroatoms in thering selected from the group consisting of N, O and S. A 5-memberedheteroaryl is a heteroaryl ring with 5 ring atoms. A 6-memberedheteroaryl is a heteroaryl ring with 6 ring atoms. Non-limiting examplesof heteroaryl include pyridyl, thienyl, furanyl, pyrimidyl, imidazolyl,pyranyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyi, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl,isoxazoyl, pyrrolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl,benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, benzothienyl, indolyl,benzothiazolyl, benzooxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, isoindolyl,benzotriazolyl, purinyl, thianaphthenyl and pyrazinyl. Attachment ofheteroaryl can occur via an aromatic ring, or, if heteroaryl is bicyclicor tricyclic and one of the rings is not aromatic or contains noheteroatoms, through a non-aromatic ring or a ring containing noheteroatoms. “Heteroaryl” is also understood to include the N-oxidederivative of any nitrogen-containing heteroaryl.

“Heteroarylamino” is RNH—, where R is heteroaryl.

“Heteroaryloxy” is RO—, where R is heteroaryl.

“Heterocycloalkyl” is a heterocyclyl where no rings are aromatic.

“Hydroxyl” or “hydroxy” as used herein, means an —OH group.

“Hydroxyalkyl” is an alkyl group as defined herein substituted with atleast one hydroxy group. Examples of hydroxyalkyl groups include, butare not limited to, hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl andhydroxybutyl.

“Hydroxyalkoxy” refers to an alkoxy group substituted with a hydroxygroup (—OH), wherein alkoxy is as defined herein. An example ofhydroxyalkoxy is hydroxyethoxy.

“Oxo” as used herein, means a ═O or carbonyl group.

“Selenoalkyl” is an alkyl group as defined herein substituted with aseleno group —SeH. “Thioalkyl” is an alkyl group as defined hereinsubstituted with a thio group —SH.

“Silyl” is —SiR₃ where each R is alkyl, and the three R groups are thesame or different. “Silyloxy” is —OSiR₃ where each R is alkyl, and thethree R groups are the same or different.

“Sulfate” is —O—S(O₂)—OH or its salt form.

“Sulfamoyl” is —S(O)₂—NH₂, “N-(alkylsulfamoyl” is RNH—S(O)₂—; and“N,N-(alkyl)₂sulfamoyl” or “N,N-(dialkyl)sulfamoyl” is R₂N—S(O)₂—, wherethe R groups are alkyl as defined herein and are the same or different.In various embodiments, R is a C₁-C₁₀ alkyl group or a C₁-C₆ alkylgroup.

“Sulfonamide” as used herein, means a Z¹S(O)₂NZ²—group, as definedherein, wherein Z¹ is an optionally substituted alkyl, aryl, haloalkyl,or heteroaryl as defined herein, and Z² is hydrogen or alkyl.Representative examples of sulfonamide include, but are not limited to,methanesulfonamide, trifluoroinethanesulfonamide, andbenzenesulfonamide.

“Sulfonic” acid is —S(O₂)—OH. “Sulfonate” is its salt form.

When cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, phenyl, and the like are“substituted”, it means there are one or more substituents other thanhydrogen on the respective ring. The substituents are selected fromthose defined herein for the groups R¹, R², R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², and R¹³.“Unsubstituted” rings have no substituents other than hydrogen.

In some instances, the number of carbon atoms in a hydrocarbylsubstituent (e.g., alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or cycloalkyl) is indicatedby the prefix “C_(x)-C_(y)—”, wherein x is the minimum and y is themaximum number of carbon atoms in the substituent. Thus, for example,“C₁-C₆-alkyl” refers to an alkyl substituent containing from 1to 6carbon atoms. Illustrating further, C₃-C₆-cycloalkyl means a saturatedhydrocarbyl ring containing from 3 to 6 carbon ring atoms.

When the ligands disclosed herein have chiral centers, the disclosureincludes the racemic mixture as well as the isolated optical isomers,including enantiomers and diastereomers.

R groups are named equivalently with and without subscripts orsuperscipts. Thus, R1 is the same as R₁ and R¹, R10 is the same as R₁₀and R¹⁰, Q1 is the same as Q₁ and Q¹⁰, and so on. The designation “R” isused several places in different ways. Unless the context requires,there is no intention that all the R groups are the same.

Ligands Formula (I)-Biaryl phosphacycles

In one embodiment, ligands for transition metal catalyst systems areselected from those of general formula (I),

wherein X is a phosphorus containing heterocyclic ring.

Ar¹ and Ar² are each independently aryl or heteroaryl, and Ar¹ and Ar²are each independently optionally substituted with one or more R¹ andR², respectively. Ar¹ and Ar² independently are substituted with R¹ andR², respectively, any number of times depending on, for example,stability and rules of valence.

R¹ and R² are independently selected at each occurrence from the groupconsisting of hydrogen; amino; hydroxyl; cyano; halo; alkyl; alkenyl;alkynyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; oxoalkyl; alkoxy; aryloxy;heteroaryloxy; arylarnino; heteroarylamino; alkylamino; dialkylamino;cycloalkyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy,cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; cycloalkyloxy optionallysubstituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkylor haloalkoxy; 5- or 6-membered heteroary optionally substituted withalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy;phenyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy,cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; hydroxyalkoxy;alkoxyalkyl; aminoalkyl; N-alkylaminoalkyl; N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl;N,N,N-trialkyammoniumalkyl; L¹—C(O)—OR¹, L¹—P(O)—(OR^(1′))₂, orL¹—S(O)₂—OR^(1′), wherein L¹ is a bond or alkylene, and R^(1′) isselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl and hydroxyalkyl;L²—O—C(O)—R^(2′), wherein L² is a bond or alkylene, and R²′ is alkyl orhydroxyalkyl; L³—C(O)—NR^(3′)R^(4′), wherein L³ is a bond or alkylene,and R^(3′) and R^(4′) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and hydroxyalkyl; L⁴—NR^(5′)—C(O)—R^(6′),wherein L⁴ is a bond or alkylene, R^(5′) is hydrogen or alkyl, andR^(6′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; sulfamoyl; N-(alkyl)sulfamoyl;N,N-(dialkyl)sulfamoyl; sulfonamide; sulfate; alkylthio; and thioalkyl;or an R¹ and an R² join together to form an alkylene or —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O—,wherein m is 1, 2, 3 or 4. R¹ and R² may be optional substituents thatdo not interfere with the catalytic action of the ligands when they areused in a catalyst composition in combination with transition metalcompounds.

In embodiments, X is a phosphorus-containing heterocyclic ring ofFormula (Ia).

In the ligands where X is a phosphorus-containing heterocyclic ring offormula (Ia), a phosphorus heterocycle labeled above as ring A (a“phosphacycle”) is bonded through a phosphorus atom to a substitutedaromatic ring that is in turn substituted with another aromatic ring atan adjacent or ortho carbon atom to the phosphacycle. The phosphacyclecontains three or more ring atoms including a phosphorus atom and tworing carbons bonded directly to the phosphorus atom. Ring A is aphosphorus monocyclic heterocyclic ring, a bicyclic heterocyclic ring,or a tricyclic heterocyclic ring, and wherein ring A includes 0 to 9ring atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen,nitrogen, phophorus and sulfur in addition to the phosphorus and 2carbon ring atoms of formula (Ia). The two ring carbons bonded to thephosphorus atom are in turn bonded to substituents R¹⁰,R¹¹, R¹², and R¹³through a carbon atom. That is to say, substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², andR¹³ are bonded to the phosphacycle through a carbon atom of therespective substituents. The phosphacycle also optionally contains oneor more ring substituents selected from the group consisting of alkenyl;alkoxy; alkoxyalkyl; alkyl; alkylamino; alkylthio; alkynyl; aminoalkyl;N-alkylaminoalkyl; N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl; N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl;arylalkyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy,cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; cycloalkyl optionally substitutedwith alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl orhaloalkoxy; dialkylamino; halo; haloalkyl; fluoroalkyl; C₅₋₆ heteroaryloptionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano,halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; heterocycloalkyl optionally substitutedwith alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl orhaloalkoxy; hydroxy; hydroxyalkyl; oxo; an exocyclic double bondoptionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl,heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; a 3- to 7-membered Spiro ring containingzero, one, or two heteroatoms, phenyl optionally substituted with alkyl,alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy;L¹—C(O)—OR^(1′), L¹—P(O)—(OR^(1′))₂, or L¹—S(O)₂—OR^(1′), wherein L¹ isa bond or alkylene, and R^(1′) is selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; L²—O—C(O)—R^(2′), wherein L² is a bondor alkylene, and R^(2′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; L³—C(O)—NR^(3′)R^(4′),wherein L^(3′) is a bond or alkylene, and R^(3′) and R^(4′) are eachindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, andhydroxyalkyl; L⁴—NR^(5′)—C(O)—R^(6′), wherein L⁴ is a bond or alkylene,R^(5′) is hydrogen or alkyl, and R^(6′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; andL⁷—NR^(8′)S(O)₂—R^(9′), wherein L⁷ is a bond or alkylene, R^(8′) ishydrogen or alkyl, and R^(9′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl.

In various embodiments, the A ring (the “phosphacycle”) is a 4-, 5-, 6-,7-, or 8-membered ring containing no hetero ring atoms except the P-atomshown in Formula (Ia). The phosphacycle can be a single ring containingno bridging atoms, or it can be a polycyclic ring such as a bicyclic ortricyclic ring containing bridging atoms.

As to R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² , and R¹³ in formulae (Ia) and (Ib), R¹⁰ or R¹¹together with R¹² or R¹³ form a ring; or R¹⁰ and R¹¹ together with thecarbon atom to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring and/orR¹² and R¹³ together with the carbon atom to which they are attachedform a spirocyclic ring; or one or more of R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ form aring together with a ring substituent of ring A.

If any of substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², and R¹³ do not form a ring, saidsubstituents are each independently selected from the group consistingof hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; haloalkyl; alkynyl; oxoalkyl; cycloalkyloptionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano,halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; heterocyclyl optionally substituted withalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy;C₅₋₆ heteroaryl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; phenyl optionallysubstituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkylor haloalkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; alkoxyalkyl; aminoalkyl; N-alkylaminoalkyl;N,N-dialkylaminoalky ; N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl; thioalkyl;L¹³—C(O)—OR^(14′), L¹³—P(O)—(OR^(14′))₂, or L¹³—S(O)₂—OR^(14′), whereinL¹³ is a bond or alkylene, and R^(14′) is selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, alkyl and hydroxyalkyl; L¹⁵—O—C(O)—R^(16′),wherein

L¹⁵ is alkylene and R^(16′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl;L¹⁷—C(O)—NR^(18′)R^(19′), wherein L¹⁷ is a bond or alkylene, and R^(18′)and R^(19′) are each independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, alkyl, and hydroxyalkyl ; and L²⁰—NR^(21′)—C(O)—R^(22′),wherein L²⁰ is alkylene, R^(21′) is hydrogen or alkyl, and R^(22′) isalkyl or hydroxyalkyl.

In another embodiment, X is a phosphorus-containing heterocyclic ring ofFormula (Ib).

In these ligands, a phosphacycle is bonded through a phosphorus atom toa substituted aromatic ring that is in turn substituted with anotheraromatic ring at an adjacent or ortho carbon atom to the phosphacycle.The phosphacycle contains a ferrocenyl moiety in addition to aphosphorus atom and two ring carbons bonded directly to the phosphorusatom. The two ring carbons bonded to the phosphorus atom are in turnbonded to substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², and R¹³ through a carbon atom.That is to say, substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², and R¹³ are bonded to thephosphacycle through a carbon atom of the respective substituents. R¹⁰,R¹¹, R¹², and R¹³ are as described above.

In a further embodiment, X is fused to Ar¹ to give a compound of formula(Ic):

wherein, ring B is a phosphorus heterocyclic ring (phosphacycle) with 0to 5 ring atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen,nitrogen, phosphorus and sulfur in addition to the phosphorus and carbonring atom of formula (Ic). The phosphacycle also optionally contains oneor more ring substituents selected from the group consisting of alkenyl;alkoxy; alkoxyalkyl; alkyl; alkylamino; alkylthio; alkynyl; aminoalkyl;N-alkylaminoalkyl; N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl; N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl ;arylalkyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy,cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; cycloalkyl optionally substitutedwith alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl orhaloalkoxy; dialkylamino; halo; haloalkyl; fluoroalkyl; C₅₋₆ heteroaryloptionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano,halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; heterocycloalkyl optionally substitutedwith alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl orhaloalkoxy; hydroxy; hydroxyalkyl; oxo; an exocyclic double bondoptionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl,heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; a 3- to 7-membered spirts ring containingzero, one, or two heteroatoms; phenyl optionally substituted with alkyl,alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy;L¹—C(O)—OR^(1′), L^(1—P(O)—(OR) ^(1′))₂, or L¹—S(O)₂—OR^(1′), wherein L¹is a bond or alkylene, and R^(1′) is selected from the group consistingof hydrogen, alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; L²—O—C(O)—R^(2′), wherein L² is abond or alkylene, and R^(2′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl;L³—C(O)—NR^(3′)R^(4′), wherein L³ is a bond or alkylene, and R^(3′) andR^(4′) are each independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, alkyl, and hydroxyalkyl; L⁴—NR^(5′)—C(O)—R^(6′), wherein L⁴ isa bond or alkylene, R^(5′) is hydrogen or alkyl, and R^(6′) is alkyl orhydroxyalkyl; and L⁷—NR^(8′)—S(O)₂—R^(9′), wherein L⁷ is a bond oralkylene, R^(8′) is hydrogen or alkyl, and R^(9′) is alkyl orhydroxyalkyl.

And as to R¹⁴ and R¹⁵, R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ together the carbon atom to whichthey are attached form a spirocyclic ring; or one or more of R¹⁴ and R¹⁵form a ring together with a ring substituent of ring B.

If any of substituents R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ do not form a ring, said substituentsare each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;alkyl; alkenyl; haloalkyl; alkynyl; oxoalkyl; cycloalkyl optionallysubstituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl,heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; heterocyclyl optionally substituted withalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy;C₅₋₆ heteroaryl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; phenyl optionallysubstituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkylor haloalkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; alkoxyalkyl; aminoalkyl; N-alkylaminoalkyl;N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl;

N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl; thioalkyl; L¹³—C(O)—OR^(14′, L)¹³—P(O)—(OR^(14′))_(2,) or L¹³—S(O)₂—OR^(14′) wherein L¹³ is a bond oralkylene, and R^(14′) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,alkyl and hydroxyalkyl; L¹⁵—O—C(O)—R^(16′) wherein L¹⁵ is alkylene, andR^(16′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; L¹⁷—C(O)—NR^(18′)R^(19′), wherein L¹⁷is a bond or alkylene and R^(18′) and R^(19′) are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and hydroxyalkyl;L²⁰—NR^(21′)—C(O)—R^(22′), wherein L²⁰ is alkylene, R^(21′) is hydrogenor alkyl, and R^(22′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl.

R^(P) is an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, aikynyl, cycloalkyl,aryl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; otherwise, R^(P) is selected from thegroup consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, or—(CR⁴¹R⁴²—O)_(q)—, wherein one end is attached to the phosphorus atom ofthe phosphacycle and the other end is attached to a B ring atom, whereinR⁴¹ and R⁴² are each independently hydrogen or alkyl, and wherein q is 1or 2. In other words, when R^(P) is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, or—(CR⁴¹R⁴²—O)_(q)—, R^(P) is a bridging group between the phosphorus atomof the phosphacycle and another ring atom of ring B.

In further embodiments, the phosphacycle X is represented by the formula(Id):

where the groups R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³ are as described above for formula(Ia). Here the phosphacycle is a six-membered ring wherein bonds a and bare single bonds or double bonds provided wherein a and b are notsimultaneously double bonds.

represents a bond that is either a single or double bond.

In the phosphacycles of formula (Id), one or more of the substituentsR¹⁶, R¹⁷, R¹⁸, and R¹⁹ can optionally form a ring with substituents R¹⁰,R¹¹, R¹², or R¹³. If the respective substituent does not form such aring, the following hold in illustrative embodiments: R¹⁶ and R¹⁹ areindependently selected from H, halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, fluoroalkyl,alkenyl, and alkoxy; and R¹⁷ and R¹⁸ together form a carbonyl; anexocyclic double bond optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl,alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; or a 3- to7-membered spiro ring containing zero, one, or two heteroatoms.

Further, the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, orheteroaryl with which the exocyclic double bond is substituted, as wellas the exocyclic spiro ring optionally formed by R¹⁷ and R¹⁸ togethercan in turn be optionally substituted with substituents that do nointerfere unacceptably with the catalytic action of the respectiveligand when used in combination with transition metal compounds. Invarious embodiments, these optional substituents are selected from thoseused for groups R¹ and R² in non-limiting embodiments.

When R¹⁷ and R¹⁸ are not a carbonyl or exocyclic double bond or spiroring as described above, in further non-limiting embodiments they areindependently selected from moieties that do no interfere unacceptablywith the catalytic action of the respective ligand when used incombination with transition metal compounds. In particular embodiments,R¹⁷ and R¹⁸ are independently selected from:

-   -   hydrogen; halo; fluoro; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; haloalkyl;        fluoroalkyl; alkyloxy; N-alkylamino; N,N-dialkylamino;        cycloalkyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,        alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; heterocycloalkyl        optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy,        cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; C₅₋₆ heteroaryl optionally        substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo,        haloalkyl or haloalkoxy, phenyl optionally substituted with        alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or        haloalkoxy; arylalkyl optionally substituted with alkyl,        alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or        haloalkoxyalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl,        heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; hydroxyalkyl; alkoxyalkyl ;        aminoalkyl; N-alkylaminoalkyl; N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl;        N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl; L¹—C(O)—OR^(1′),        L¹—P(O)—(OR^(1′))₂, or L¹—S(O)₂—OR^(1′), wherein L¹ is a bond or        alkylene, and R^(1′) is selected from the group consisting of        hydrogen, alkyl and hydroxyalkyl L²—O—C(O)—R^(2′), wherein L² is        a bond or alkylene, and R^(2′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl;        L³—C(O)—NR^(3′)R^(4′), wherein L³ is a bond or alkylene, R^(3′)        and R^(4′) are each independently selected from the group        consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and hydroxyalkyl;        L⁴—NR^(5′)—C(O)—R^(6′), wherein L⁴ is a bond or alkylene, and        R^(5′) is hydrogen or alkyl, R^(6′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl;        and alkylthio;

In various embodiments, including those described above, R¹⁶ and R¹⁹ arehydrogen.

Illustrative phosphacycles of formula (Id) are shown in Table 1. Somehave substituted or unsubstituted exocyclic double bonds, some havespiro rings, and some illustrate other substitutions for R¹⁷ and R¹⁸.Polycyclic rings with bridging atoms are also illustrated. Thephosphacycle substituents of Table 1 are based on 6-membered ringphosphacycles. Some have chiral centers; these include, for example,1-15, 1-16, 1-17, 1-18, 1-19, 1-20, 1-21, 1-22, 1-32, 1-33, 1-34, 1-35,1-36, 1-42, 1-43, and 1-44.

Table 1. 6-Membered Ring Phosphacycles

-   -   or a salt thereof, wherein R″ is selected from the group        consisting of oxygen, NR²⁰, and)C(R²⁰)₂;    -   R²⁰ is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl or        heteroarylalkyl, wherein the aryl, heteroaryl, aryl of arylalkyl        and heteroaryl of heteroarylalkyl are optionally substituted        with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or        haloalkoxy; and    -   n is 0, 1, or 2.

Other phosphacycles X are based on rings other than a 6-membered ring.Such phosphacycles are included in those represented by formula (Ie):

In formula (Ic), at least one of Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, and Q5 is not a bond,so that the phosphacycle has at least four members. In addition,

-   -   Q¹ is a bond, —O—, —S—, —N(R²¹)—, ═C(R²²)—, or —C(R²³)(R²⁴)—;    -   Q² is a bond, —O—, —S—, —N(R²⁵)—, ═C(R²⁶)—, or —C(R²⁷)(R²⁸)—;    -   Q³ is a bond, —O—, —S—, —N(R²⁹)—, ═C(R³⁰)—, or —C(R³²)(R³⁰)—;    -   Q⁴ is a bond, —O—, —S—, —N(R³³)—, ═C(R³⁴)—, or —C(R³⁵)(R³⁶)—;        and    -   Q⁵ is a bond, —O—, —S—, —N(R³⁷)—, ═C(R³⁸)—, or —C(R³⁹)(R⁴⁰)—;        wherein R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, and R²¹ through R⁴⁰ are ring        substituents.

In various embodiments, one or more of the ring substituents R²¹ throughR⁴⁰ form a ring with another ring substituent. If they do not form aring, in certain embodiments the ring substituents R²¹ through R⁴¹ areindependently selected from H, halo, fluoro, alkyl, haloalkyl,fluoroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyloxy, N-alkylamino, N,N-dialkylamino,N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl; substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted orunsubstituted (C₅₋₆ heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl;hydroxyalkyl; alkoxyalkyl; aminoalkyl; N-alkylaminoalkyl;N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl; N,N,N,-trialkylammoniumalkyl; L¹—C(O)—OR^(1′),L¹—P(O)—(OR^(1′))₂, or L¹—S(O)₂—OR^(1′) where R^(1′) is hydrogen, alkylor hydroxyalkyl and L¹ is a bond or alkylene; L²—O—C(O)—R^(2′) whereR^(2′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl and L² is a bond or alkylene;L³—C(O)—NR^(3′)R^(4′) where R^(3′) and R^(4′) are independently selectedfrom H, alkyl, and hydroxyalkyl and wherein L³ is a bond or alkylene;L⁴—NR^(5′)—C(O)—R^(6′) wherein R^(5′) is selected from H and alkyl,R^(6′) is selected from alkyl and hydroxyalkyl, and L⁴ is a bond oralkylene; and alkylthio.

Alternatively, two ring substituents on the same ring atom Q1, Q2, Q3,Q4, or Q5 together form a carbonyl; an exocyclic double bond optionallysubstituted with alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, orheteroaryl; or a 3- to 7-membered spiro ring containing zero, one, ortwo hetero ring atoms. The optional substituents on the exocyclic doublebond or spiro ring are selected from those used for groups R¹ and R^(2,)in non-limiting embodiments

In various embodiments of formula (I), the phosphacycle X of formula(Ie) is a 4-membered, 5-membered, 7-membered, or 8-membered ring,optionally containing bridging to form a polycyclic ring.

In certain embodiments of ligands incorporating group X of formula (Ie)into the substituted biaryl structure of formula (I), the groups R¹ andR² are selected from H, alkyl, and alkoxy and R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², and R¹³ areselected from alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, or wherein R¹⁰ or R¹¹together with R¹² or R¹³ form a ring.

Non-limiting examples of phosphacycles of formula (Ie) are illustratedin Table 2.

Table 2. 4- , 5-, 7, and 8- Membered Phosphacycles.

In various embodiments, phosphacycles of formula (Ia), (Id), and (Ie),including the individual species shown in Tables 1 and 2, aresubstituted as group X on the Ar¹-Ar² group of formula (I), wherein thegroups R¹ and R² are hydrogen or a non-hydrogen substituent.Illustrative substitution patterns on the Ar¹-Ar² group are given informulae (I-1)-(I-42) in Table 3, where R¹ and R² are as defined herein.

wherein X is a phosphine of formula (Ia) or (Ib);

-   -   V¹, V², V³, and V⁴ are independantly selected from CR¹ or N;    -   V⁵, V⁶, V⁷, V⁸ and V⁹ are independently selected from CR² or N;    -   W¹, W², an W³ are independently selected from CR¹, NR¹, N or O;    -   W⁴ is C or N;    -   W⁵ is C or N;    -   W⁶, W⁷, W⁸ and W⁹ are independently selected from CR², NR², N or        O;

indicates that the 5- or 6-membered ring which it is inside is aromatic;and ring C, at each occurrence, is independently a fused-aryl orfused-heteroaryl unsubstituted or substituted with R¹ and R²,respectively, any number of times depending on, for example, stabilityand rules of valence.

In particular embodiments, the groups R¹ and R² substituted as shown ineach of Formulae (I-1)-(I-42) are selected from alkyl, alkoxy,dialkylamino, haloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, and phenyl. In variousembodiments, the alkyl groups are C₁-C₃ alkyl, the alkoxy are C₁-C₃alkoxy, and the haloalkyl and fluoroalkyl and are also based on C₁-C3alkyl groups. Examples of alkyl include methyl, ethyl, and isopropyl.Examples of alkoxy include methoxy and isopropoxy. Examples of haloalkylinclude trifluoromethyl. Examples of the dialkylamino includedimethylamino.

Sub-genera disclosed by combining Ar¹-Ar² substitution formulae(I-1)-(I-42) and phosphacycle formulae Ia, Id, and Ie are designated forconvenience by referring to both formulae in the sub-genus name. So, forexample, in addition to the generic ligand formulae disclosed above, asub-genus (I-2)-(1-5) would indicate that the diaryl substitutionpattern is that of formula (I-2) and the phosphacycle is that of genericformula 1-5. To further illustrate, a sub-genus denoted as (I-4)-(1-3)would be based on the substitution pattern of formula (I-4) and thephosphacycle of formula (1-3), and so on according to the patterndescribed. In this way a total of 3649 sub-generic structures aredisclosed by combining each of formulae (I-1)-(I-1-42) with each offormulae Ia, Id, and Ie in turn.

Sub-generic structures for the specific phosphacycles ligands areconveniently designated by referring to the biaryl portion of the liganddepicted in Table 3, (I-1), first, then the designation of thephosphacycle in Table 1 or Table 2. Thus for example a species orsub-genus including the biaryl of formula (I-3) further substituted bythe number (2-3) phosphacycle from Table 2 would be (1-3)-(2-3).

Thus, in various embodiments suitable ligands are selected from those ofany of the formulae (I-1)-(I-42), wherein X is selected from any of thegeneric phosphacycles of formulae Ia, Id, or Ie, or is selected from anyof the specific phosphacycles shown in Table 1 or Table 2. In theseembodiments, the groups R¹ and R² are selected from those describedabove for formula (I). In various embodiments, the ligands of thisparagraph are further defined as the groups R¹ and R² being selectedfrom alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl (including fluoroalkyl such astrifluoromethyl), and dialklamino. In various embodiments, the alkylgroups are C₁-C₃ alkyl, the alkoxy are C₁-C₃ alkoxy, and the haloalkyland fluoroalkyl and are also based on C₁-C₃ alkyl groups. Examples ofalkyl include methyl, ethyl, and isopropyl. Examples of alkoxy includemethoxy and isopropoxy. Examples of haloalkyl include trifluoromethyl.Examples of the dialkylamino group include dimethylamino.

In one embodiment, the phosphine ligand is (I-1),

or a salt thereof, wherein

-   -   V¹ and V⁴ are CR¹, wherein R¹ is independently, at each        occurrence, hydrogen, alkyl or alkoxy;    -   V² and V³ are CR¹, wherein R¹ is independently, at each        occurrence, hydrogen, alkyl or alkoxy;    -   V⁵ and V⁹ are CR², wherein R² is independently, at each        occurrence, hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy or dialkylamino;    -   V⁶ and V⁸ are CR², wherein R² is independently, at each        occurrence, hydrogen, alkyl or alkoxy;    -   V⁷ is CR², wherein R² is hydrogen or alkyl; and    -   X is selected from the group consisting of 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4,        1-5, and 1-64.

Specific embodiments may include, but are not limited to, compounds offormula (I), as defined, for example:

-   -   2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinane;    -   2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one;    -   2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-o1;    -   7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro        [4.5]decane;    -   8,8,10,10-tetramethyl-9-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,5-dioxa-9-phosphaspiro        [5.5]undecane;    -   3,3,8,8,10,10-hexamethyl-9-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,5-dioxa-9-phosphaspiro        [5.5]undecane;    -   1-(2′-(dimethylamino)-6^(′)-methoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;    -   1-(2′,6′bis(dimethylamino)biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;    -   1-(2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;    -   1-(2′,6′-diisopropoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;    -   1-(2′-(dimethylamino)biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;    -   1-(biphenyl-2-yl)-2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;    -   1-(1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;    -   1-(2′-methoxy-1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetratnethylphosphinan-4-one;    -   1-(3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;    -   1-(3,6-dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;    -   2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one;    -   2,2,6,6-tetramethyl        -1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-4,5-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one;    -   1-(3′,5′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;    -   1-(4′-tert-butylbiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;    -   6-methoxy-N,N-dimethyl-2′-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-        phosphaspiro[4.5] decan-8-yl)biphenyl-2-amine;    -   N²,N²,N⁶,N⁶-tetramethyl-2′-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)        biphenyl-2,6-diamine;    -   methoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-        4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro [4.5] decane;    -   8        -(2′,6′-diisopropoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-        phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;    -   N,N-dimethyl-2′-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)        biphenyl-2-amine;    -   8-(biphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;    -   8-(3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)        -7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro [4.5]decane;    -   8-(3,6-dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′-trimethylbiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro        [4.5]decane;    -   7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-        1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro [4.5]decane;    -   7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-4,5-dimethioxybiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro        [4.5]decane;    -   8-(3′,5′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro        [4.5]decane;    -   8-(4′-tert-butylbiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro        [4.5]decane; and    -   2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phospinane.

In one embodiment, the phosphine ligand is (I-8),

or a salt thereof, wherein

-   -   V¹ and V² are each CR¹, wherein R¹ is, at each occurrence,        hydrogen;    -   V³ and V⁴ are independently selected from CR¹ or N;    -   V⁷ and V⁸ are each CR², wherein R² is, at each occurrence,        hydrogen;    -   V⁹ is CR², wherein R² is hydrogen;    -   ring C at each occurrence is an unsubstituted fused-phenyl; and    -   X is a phosphine having a structure corresponding to a formula        selected from the group consisting of formulae 1-1, 1-3 and 1-5.

Specific embodiments contemplated as part of the invention also include,but are not limited to, compounds of formula (I), as defined, forexample:

-   -   2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2-(naphthalen-1-yl)phenylphosphinan-4-one;        and    -   7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(4-methyl-2-(naphthalen-1-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro        [4.5]decane.

In one embodiment, the phosphine ligand is (I-10),

or a salt thereof, wherein

-   -   V¹ and V² are each CR¹, wherein R¹ is, at each occurrence,        hydrogen;    -   V⁷ and V⁸ are each CR², wherein R² is, at each occurrence,        hydrogen;    -   V⁹ is CR², wherein R² is hydrogen or alkoxy;    -   ring C at each occurrence is an unsubstituted fused-phenyl; and    -   X is a phosphine having a structure corresponding to a formula        selected from the group consisting of formulae 1-1, 1-3, and        1-5.

Specific embodiments contemplated as part of the invention also include,but are not limited to, compounds of formula (I), as defined, forexample:

-   -   1-(1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;    -   1-(2′-methoxy-1,1^(′)-binaphthyl-2-yl)-2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;    -   8-(1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;        and    -   8-(2′-methoxy-1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro        [4.5]decane.

In one embodiment, the phosphine ligand is (I-9),

or a salt thereof, wherein

-   -   V¹, V², V³, and V⁴ are each CR¹, wherein R¹, at each occurrence,        is hydrogen;    -   V⁵, V⁸ and V⁹ are each CR², wherein R², at each occurrence, is        hydrogen;    -   ring C is an unsubstituted fused-phenyl; and    -   X is a phosphine having a structure corresponding to a formula        selected from the group consisting of formulae 1-1, 1-3, and        1-5.

Specific embodiments contemplated as part of the invention also include,but are not limited to, compounds of formula (I), as defined, forexample:

-   -   2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2-(naphthalen-2-yl)phenyl)phosphinan-4-one;        and    -   7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2-(naphthalen-2-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro        [4.5]decane.

In one embodiment, the phosphine ligand is (I-2),

or a salt thereof, wherein

-   -   W¹ and W² are each CR¹, wherein R¹, at each occurrence, is        hydrogen;    -   W³ and W⁴ are each N;    -   V⁵, V⁶, V⁷, V⁸, and V⁹ are each CR², wherein R², at each        occurrence, is hydrogen; and    -   X is a phosphine having a structure corresponding to a formula        selected from the group consisting of formulae 1-1, 1-3 and 1-5.

Specific embodiments contemplated as part of the invention also include,but are not limited to, compounds of formula (I), as defined, forexample:

-   -   2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phosphinan-4-one;        and        1-phenyl-5-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)-1H-pyrazole.

In one embodiment, the phosphine ligand is (I-3),

or a salt thereof, wherein

-   -   V¹, V², V³ and V⁴ are each CR¹, wherein R¹, at each occurrence,        is hydrogen;    -   W⁶, W⁷, W⁸ and W⁹ are each CR², wherein R², at each occurrence,        is hydrogen;    -   W⁵ is N; and    -   X is a phosphine having a structure corresponding to a formula        selected from the group consisting of formulae 1-1, 1-3 and 1-5.

Specific embodiments contemplated as part of the invention also include,but are not limited to, compounds of formula (I), as defined, forexample:

-   -   1-(2-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;        and    -   1-(2-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)phenyl)-1H-pyrrole.

In one embodiment, the phosphine ligand is (I-4),

or a salt thereof, wherein

-   -   W¹ and W² are each CR¹, wherein R¹, at each occurrence, is        hydrogen;    -   W³ and W⁴ are each N;    -   W⁵ is C;    -   W⁶ and W⁹ are each CR², wherein R², at each occurrence, is        substituted or unsubstituted phenyl;    -   W⁷ is N;    -   W⁸ is NR², wherein R², at each occurrence, is phenyl optionally        substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo,        haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; and    -   X is a phosphine having a structure corresponding to a formula        selected from the group consisting of formulae 1-1, 1-3 and 1-5.

Specific embodiments contemplated as part of the invention also include,but are not limited to, compounds of formula (I), as defined, forexample:

-   -   2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl-1-(1′,3′,5′-triphenyl-1′H-1,4′-bipyrazol-5-yl)phosphinan-4-one;    -   1′1′,3′5′-Triphenyl-5-(7,7,9,9-tetratnethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)-1′H-1,4′-bipyrazole;        and        1′,3′,5′-Triphenyl-5-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-1-yl)-1′H-1,4′-bipyrazole.

In one embodiment, the phosphine ligand is (I-1),

or a salt thereof, wherein

-   -   V¹, V², V³ and V⁴ are each CR¹, wherein R¹is, at each        occurrence, hydrogen;    -   V⁵ and V⁹ are CR², wherein R² is independently, at each        occurrence, hydrogen or alkyl;    -   V⁶ and V⁸ are CR², wherein R², at each occurrence, is hydrogen;    -   V⁷ is CR², wherein R² is hydrogen or alkyl; and    -   X is a phosphine of formula 1-37.

Specific embodiments contemplated as part of the invention also include,but are not limited to, compounds of formula (I), as defined, forexample:

-   -   1,3,5,7-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-2,4,6-trioxa-8-phosphatricyclo        [3.3.1.1^(3,7)]decane; and    -   8-(biphenyl-2-yl)-1,3,5,7-tetramethyl-2,4,6-trioxa-8-phosphatricyclo        3.3.1.1^(3,7)decane.

In one embodiment, the phosphine ligand is (I-1), or a salt thereof,wherein

V¹, V², V³ and V⁴ are each CR¹, wherein R¹ is, at each occurrence,hydrogen;

V⁵ and V⁹ are CR², wherein R² is independently, at each occurrence,hydrogen or alkyl;

V⁶ and V⁸ are CR², wherein R², at each occurrence, is hydrogen;

V⁷ is CR², wherein R² is hydrogen or alkyl; and

X is a phosphine having a structure corresponding to a formula selectedfrom the group consisting of formulae 2-3, 2-4, 2-18, and 2-19

Specific embodiments contemplated as part of the invention also include,but are not limited to, compounds of formula (I), as defined, forexample:

-   -   1-(biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,7,7-tetramethylphosphepan-4-one;    -   1-(biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,7,7-tetramethylphosphepane;    -   2,2,7,7-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphepan-4-one;    -   2,2,7,7-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)2-yl)phosphepane;        2,2,8,8-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyibiphenyl-2-yl)phosphocan-4-one;        and

2,2,8,8-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphocane.

In another embodiment, ligands are selected from those of formula (Ic),where a phosphacyclic ring is fused to the (upper) Ar¹ ring furthersubstituted with R¹,

where Ar¹, Ar², R², R¹⁴, R¹⁵ and R^(P) are as defined above. Ring Bcontains 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms in addition to the phosphorus bondedto the upper Ar¹ ring.

In one embodiment, the ligands are represented by formula (Ic-1):

where V¹ through V⁹ are as defined above.

In a further embodiment, the phosphine ligands are represented byformula (Ic-1a),

wherein, R^(14a) is alkenyl; alkoxy; alkoxyalkyl; alkyl; N-alkylamino;alkylthio; alkynyl; aminoalkyl; N-alkylaminoalkyl;N,N-dialkyiaminoalkyl; N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl; substituted orunsubstituted arylalkyl; substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl;dialkylamino; halo; haloalkyl; fluoroalkyl; substituted or unsubstitutedC₅₋₆ heteroaryl; substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl; hydroxy;hydroxyalkyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; L¹—C(O)—OR^(1′),L¹—P(O)—(OR^(1′))₂, or L¹—S(O)₂—OR^(1′) where R^(1′) hydrogen, alkyl orhydroxyalkyl and L¹ is a bond or alkylene; L²—O—C(O)—R^(2′) where R²′ isalkyl or hydroxyalkyl and L² is a bond or alkylene;L³—C(O)—NR^(3′)R^(4′) where R^(3′) and R^(4′) are independently selectedfrom H, alkyl, and hydroxyalkyl and wherein L³ is a bond or alkylene;L⁴—NR^(5′)—C(O)—R^(6′) wherein R^(5′) is selected from H and alkyl,R^(6′) is selected from alkyl and hydroxyalkyl, and L⁴ is a bond oralkylene; and L⁷—NR^(8′)—S(O)₂—R^(9′) wherein R^(8′) is H or alkyl,R^(9′) is alkyl and hydroxyalkyl, and L⁷ is a bond or alkylene and whereV¹ through V⁹ are as defined above.

Phosphine ligands may include, for example,7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)- 1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro [4.5]decane;2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl) phosphinane;8,8,10,10-tetramethyl-9-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,5-dioxa-9-phosphaspiro[5.5]undecane; 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′, 4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan -4-o1; 8-(2′,6′-diisopropoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,9,9,7-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;1,3,5,7-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-2,4,6-trioxa-8-phosphatricyclo[3.3.1.1^(3,7)]decane;2,2,5,5-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,4,5,6-tetramethylbiphenyl-2-yl)phospholane;2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,4,5,6-tetramethylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinane;2,2,7,7-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,4,5,6-tetramethylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphepane;2,2,8,8-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,4,5,6-tetramethylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphocane;8-(2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;6-methoxy-N,N-dimethyl-2′-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)biphenyl-2-amine;8-(2′-methoxy-1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;8-(1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2-(naphthalen-1-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4,5]decane;7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2-(naphthalen-2-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;2,2,6,6-tetramethyl--1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one;3,3,8,8,10,10-hexamethyl-9-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,5-dioxa-9-phosphaspiro[5.5]undecane;1-(2′-(dimethylamino)-6′-methoxybiphenyl-2-yl)2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(2′,6′-bis(dimethylamino)biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(2′,6′- diisopropoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(2′-(dimethylamino)biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl) -2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(2′-methoxy-1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl) -2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(3,6-dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′-trimethylbiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one;2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-4,5-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one;1-(3′,5′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(4′-tert-butylbiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;N²,N²,N⁶,N⁶-tetramethyl-2′-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)biphenyl-2,6-diamine;N,N-dimethyl-2′-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)biphenyl-2-amine;8-(biphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;8-(3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetratnethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;8-(3,6-dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′-trimethylbiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;or any other suitable phosphine.

Solid supports-heterogeneous catalysis

Optionally, any of the ligand embodiments disclosed herein can beprovided with a substituent that permits covalent or other attachment toa solid support to create a heterogeneous catalyst composition. Thisprovides a convenient method to carry out various catalytic reactions byeluting starting materials and optional transition metal compoundsthrough a column to effect contact with the catalytic ligand. Thus invarious embodiments, when the substituents described contain suitablefunctional groups, the ligands can be covalently bound to a solidsupport. Functional groups include hydroxyl, carboxylic, halo, epoxy,isocyanate, sulfhydryl, vinyl, amino, imino, and so on.

Synthetic Methods

In various embodiments, ligands described herein can be synthesized fromknown starting materials using organic transformations known in the art.In one embodiment, a phosphorus moiety is added as a substituent to abiaryl system and is elaborated into a phosphacyclic ring in subsequentsynthetic steps. In the illustrative synthetic route of Scheme A,biaryliodide or biarylbromide 2 is converted by metal-halogen exchangeto its derived organolithium, which is quenched with chlorophosphate togive biarylphosphonate 3, which is in turn reduced to primary phosphine4, for example, using lithium aluminum hydride as shown. The primaryphosphine 4 then undergoes double conjugate addition to divinylketone 5to give phosphorinanone 1b. Phosphorinanone 1b is then converted toethylene glycol ketal 1d or to phosphine 1a under known conditions.Propanediol ketal 1c is likewise available from reaction of1,3-propanediol with phosphorinanone 1b under the acidic conditionsshown. An alcohol such as 1c is available through conventional reductionof the carbonyl group of 1b. Additional phosphacycle ligands can besynthesized from the intermediates of Scheme A and especially from theketone 1b or the alcohol 1c by known organic transformation reactions.In this way, Scheme A provides a general method for preparingphosphacycle ligands containing a 6-membered phosphacycle ring offormula 1b.

Scheme A′ is a variation of Scheme A where a different phosphorylatingreagent is used that generates a different first isolated intermediate3′. Accordingly, Scheme A and Scheme A′ provide general methods forpreparing phosphacycle ligands containing a 6-membered phosphacycle ringof formula Ib

Ketone 1b can undergo a variety of ring contraction or ring expansionreactions to produce ligands containing phosphacycles having other than6 ring atoms. Such reactions can result in the inclusion of heteroatomsother than P into the phosphacycle ring of the ligands. Similarreactions can introduce hetero ring atoms also into a 6-memberedphosphacycle ring.

In another synthetic route, the phosphacycle may be formed first,followed by coupling of the phosphacycle to a biaryl ring system. Thiscoupling reaction can be catalyzed by one or more of the disclosedligands. Scheme A″ shows the general reaction between a biaryl system onthe left and a preformed phosphacycle like that of formula (Ia). Otherexamples are provided in Scheme B′ and in Example 2. Such an approachcan also be applied to preparation of the fused phosphacycles of (Ic-1)or (Ic-1a).

In various embodiments, methods for synthesizing the ligands involvereacting a biaryl system as in Scheme A″ with the secondary phosphinesshown in generic form in Scheme A″ under basic conditions, optionallywith a catalyst containing the ligands described herein, where thegroups R1 through R13 and Q1 through Q5 are as defined herein.

Bridges between ring atoms or between ring substituents can be providedin a variety of post annelation reactions, or can be formed as thephosphacycle ring is formed. To illustrate, atrioxaphosphatricylcodecane ring can be formed by reaction of a primaryphosphine 4 under acidic conditions with a pentanedione 6 to maketrioxaphosphatricylcodecane ligand 7 according to Scheme B, where R′ andR″ can be any group that does not interfere with the reaction, and wherefor clarity of illustration R represents the biaryl radical of 4 towhich the P atom is attached. Non-limiting examples of R′ and R″ includealkyl, haloalkyl, perfluoroalkyl, methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl.In certain embodiments, R′ and R″ are the same. The reaction of Scheme Bis described for example in U.S. Pat. No. 3,026,327, the disclosure ofwhich useful for background information and is hereby incorporated byreference.

Scheme B′ illustrates a method of making ligand 7 by coupling aphosphine and a biaryl starting material such as shown in Scheme A″.

Scheme C illustrates several sequences that can be used to construct thebiaryl halides used in the preparation of the ligands. A bromo-boronicacid, 8, can be coupled with an aryl bromide, 9, to give biarylbromide,10. Similarly, a bis-bromoaryl, 11, can be coupled with a boronic acid,12, to give biarylbromide, 10. In another sequence, aryl fluoride, 13,can be reacted first with an alkyilithium, then treated with Grignardreagent, 14, and finally treated with iodine to give biaryliodide, 15.The biaryl halides can be used in the synthetic sequences described inSchemes A, A′, A″, and B′.

Scheme D illustrates how catalysts containing a phosphinan-4-one orphosphepan-4-one, 16, can be expanded by treatment withtrimethylsilyldiazomethane to give compounds 17. Compounds 17 can bereduced as previously described to give compounds 18.

Catalyst Compositions

The ligands described herein find application in catalyst compositionsin combination with transition metal compounds. In various embodiments,catalyst compositions contain a ligand described herein and a transitionmetal compound. Examples of transition metal compounds include those ofpalladium, rhodium ruthenium, platinum, gold, cobalt, iridium, copper,and nickel, as well as combinations. In various embodiments, thetransition metal compound and the ligand are provided in the catalystcomposition in stoichiometric amounts with respect to one another. Forexample, the catalyst compositions contain one mole of ligand per onemole of transition metal compound, or they may contain two moles ofligand per one mole of transition metal compound. In variousembodiments, the optimum ligand to metal ratio depends on the metalsource used as well as the specifics of the transformation beingattempted. The stoichiometric relation between the transition metal andthe ligand is an indication that catalysis proceeds through interactionof the organic starting materials with a transition metal catalysthaving a phosphacycle ligand bound to a central transition metal, atleast for a portion of the reaction. For this reason, the phosphinebased compounds of formula I and the like are referred to as ligands.

In various embodiments, the transition metal compound is provided in thecatalyst composition as a salt of a central atom. A non-limiting exampleof such a salt is an acetate salt. When the central atom is palladium ina preferred embodiment, a preferred transition metal compound ispalladium acetate, or Pd(OAc)₂. A catalyst composition is then formed ofa mixture of palladium acetate and a ligand compound as describedherein. Other embodiments of palladium sources formally in the2+oxidation state include but are not limited to PdCl₂, PdCl₂(CH₃CN)₂,[PdCl(allyl)]₂, [PdCl(2-methylallyl)]₂, PdCl₂(PhCN)₂,Pd(acetylacetonate)₂, Pd(O₂CCF₃)₂, Pd(OTf)₂, PdBr₂, [Pd(CH₃CN)₄](BF₄)₂,PdCl₂(cyclooctadiene), and PdCl₂(norbornadiene).

In various embodiments, the transition metal compound is in the zerovalence state. An example is tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0),commonly abbreviated as Pd₂(dba)₃. Other suitable palladium sourcesinclude palladium sources in formally the [Al]zero or other valencestates. Examples include but are not limited to Pd(dba)₂,Pd₂(dba)₃×CHCl₃, and Pd(PPh₃)₄.

Catalytic Reactions

The ligands described herein exhibit utility in transition metalcatalyzed reactions. In embodiments, the disclosed ligands may becombined with a variety of transition metal compounds to catalyzes arange of chemical transformations. In embodiments, compositionscontaining a transition metal compound and a disclosed ligand can beused to catalyze a variety of organic reactions. A non-limiting exampleof a reaction catalyzed by a disclosed ligand is given in Scheme E,illustrating the catalysis of a sulfonamidation reaction. As shown, anaryl nonaflate 8 is reacted with a sulfonamide 9 in the presence of apalladium catalyst and a ligand described herein to produce asulfonamide 10 in high yield. Other reactions of interest includecarbon-nitrogen, carbon-oxygen, carbon-carbon, carbon-sulfur,carbon-phosphorus, carbon-boron, carbon-fluorine and carbon-hydrogenbond-forming reactions. In non-limiting examples, the catalysts can beused to catalyze Buchwald-Hartwig type C—N bond-forming reactions andC—O bond-forming reactions including ether-forming macrocyclizations(see Scheme E, where L stands for a ligand) and the like, among otherreactions. More specifically, a combination of a ligand with atransition metal compound catalyzes the following reactions:

-   -   Carbon-carbon bond forming reactions such as Suzuki, Stifle,        Heck, Negishi, Kumada, Hayashi coupling reactions.    -   ii. Carbon-nitrogen bond-forming reactions where aryl halides,        pseudohalides, nitriles, carboxalates, ether etc. are used as        electrophiles and amines, ammonia, ammonia surrogates, amides,        carbamates, sulfonamides and other nitrogen containing molecules        are used as nucleophiles.    -   iii. Carbon-oxygen bond-forming reactions where aryl halides,        pseudohalides, nitriles, carboxalates, ethers, etc. are used as        electrophiles and alcohols, metal hydroxides and water are used        as nucleophiles.    -   iv. Carbon-sulfur bond-forming reactions where aryl halides,        pseudohalides, nitriles, carboxalates, ethers, etc. are used as        electrophiles and thiols and metal sulfides are used as        nucleophiles.    -   v. Carbon-phosphorus bond-forming reactions where aryl halides,        pseudohalides, nitriles, carboxalates, ethers, etc. are used as        electrophiles and phosphines, metal phosphides and phosphites        are used as nucleophiles.    -   vi. Carbon-carbon bond-forming reactions via C—H        functionalization.    -   vii. Carbon-X (X═N, O, S, P) bond-forming reactions via C—H        functionalization.    -   viii. Metal-catalyzed addition reactions to alkenes, alkynes,        allenes, ketenes, etc. such as hydroamination,        hydroalkoxylation, hydroamidation, etc.    -   ix. Metal-catalyzed carbonylation reactions.    -   x. Metal-catalyzed hydrogenation reactions.    -   xi. Alpha-arylation of ketones, aldehydes, nitriles, amides,        etc.    -   xii. Metal-catalyzed cycloisomerization reactions.    -   xiii. Metal-catalyzed fluorination of aryl sulfonates.    -   xiv. Metal-catalyzed borolation of aryl halides.

Scheme E C—N Cross Coupling

Palladium-catalyzed C—N cross-coupling reactions.

The disclosed ligands may be used in palladium-catalyzed C—Ncross-coupling reactions such as the coupling of a wide range ofoptionally substituted aryl and alkyl primary sulfonamides, H₂NSO₂R^(A),with various coupling partners, Ar³—LG₁.

In embodiments, Ar³ is optionally substituted aryl or optionallysubstituted heteroaryl.

LG₁ is a leaving group. In embodiments, LG₁ is selected from the groupconsisting of chloro, bromo, iodo and —OSO₂R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) isselected from the group consisting of aryl, alkyl, fluoroalkyl,-fluoroalkyl—O—fluoroalkyl, —N(alkyl)₂, —O(alkyl), —O(aryl), fluoro,imidazolyl, and isomers and homologs thereof.

In embodiments, LG¹ is —OSO₂R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is aryl, such asp-tolyl or phenyl; alkyl such as methyl or ethyl; fluoroalkyl such astrifluoromethyl, perfluorobutyl (C₄F₉), or isomers of perfluorobutyl andother higher and lower homologs such as, but not limited to,perfluoropentyl, perfluorohexyl, and perfluorooctyl. In embodiments,R^(1a) is —fluoroalkyl—O—fluoroalkyl such as perfluoroethoxyethyl;—N(alkyl)₂; fluoro; or imidazolyl.

In embodiments, R^(A) is optionally substituted aryl or alkyl.

Compound (5) may be sulfonamidated in the presence of a catalyst and/ora catalyst precursor. In embodiments, the catalyst and/or a catalystprecursor is a transition metal compound. In embodiments, the transitionmetal catalyst or the transition metal catalyst precursor is a palladiumcatalyst or a palladium catalyst precursor, respectively. Palladiumcatalysts or palladium catalyst precursors may include, for example,tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0),dichlorobis(tri-o-tolylphosphine)palladium(II), palladium(II) acetate,[1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II),bis(dibenzylideneacetone) palladium(0), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium(0) chloroformadduct, dichlorobis(tricyclohexylphosphine) palladium(II),dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(II),chloro(η3-allyl)palladium(II) dimer-triphenylphosphine, palladium(II)chloride, palladium(II) bromide, bis(acetonitrile)dichloropalladium(II)and any other suitable palladium catalyst or palladium catalystprecursor. In embodiments, the palladium catalyst precursor or palladiumcatalyst precursor is tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(0). Inembodiments, the palladium catalyst or palladium catalyst precursor isdichlorobis(tri-o-tolylphosphine) paliadium(II). In embodiments, thepalladium catalyst or palladium catalyst precursor is palladium(II)acetate. In embodiments, the palladium catalyst or palladium catalystprecursor is [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium(II). In embodiments, the palladium catalyst or palladiumcatalyst precursor is tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium(0). Inembodiments, the palladium catalyst or palladium catalyst precursor isbis(dibenzylideneacetone) palladium(0). In embodiments, the palladiumcatalyst or palladium catalyst precursor is palladium(II) bromide. Inembodiments, the palladium catalyst or palladium catalyst precursor ispalladium(II) chloride. In embodiments, the palladium catalyst orpalladium catalyst precursor is bis(acetonitrile)dichloropalladium(II).In embodiments, the palladium catalyst or palladium catalyst precursoris dichlorobis(tricyclohexylphosphine) palladium(II). In embodiment, thepalladium catalyst or palladium catalyst precursor isdichlorobis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(II). In embodiment, thepalladium catalyst or palladium catalyst precursor ischloro(η3-allyl)palladium(II) dimer-triphenylphosphine.

In embodiments, compound (5) is sulfonamidated in the presence ofsolvent. Solvents may include, for example, tetrahydrofuran,N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-pyrrolidone,dimethyl sulfoxide, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile,cyclopentyl methyl ether, toluene, benzene, tert-amyl alcohol, andtert-butyl alcohol, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, ethyl acetate, isopropylacetate, anisole, trifluorotoluene and any other suitable solvent andcombinations thereof. In embodiments, the solvent is tetrahydrofuran. Inembodiments, the solvent is N,N-dimethylformamide. In embodiments, thesolvent is N,N-dimethylacetamide. In embodiments, the solvent isN-methylpyrrolidone. In embodiments, the solvent is dimethyl sulfoxide.In embodiments, the solvent is 1,2-dimethoxyethane. In embodiments, thesolvent is 1,4-dioxane. In embodiments, the solvent is acetonitrile. Inembodiments, the solvent is cyclopentyl methyl ether. In embodiments,the solvent is toluene. In embodiments, the solvent is benzene. Inembodiments, the solvent is tert-amyl alcohol. In embodiments, thesolvent is tert-butyl alcohol. In embodiments, the solvent is2-methyltetrahydrofuran. In embodiments, the solvent is ethyl acetate.In embodiments, the solvent is isopropyl acetate. In embodiments, thesolvent is anisole. In embodiments, the solvent is trifluorotoluene. Inembodiments, the solvent is a mixture of 2-methyltetrahydrofuran andethyl acetate. In embodiments, the solvent is a mixture of tert-amylalcohol and dimethyl sulfoxide. In embodiments, the solvent is a 7:1mixture of tert--amyl alcohol and dimethyl sulfoxide. In embodiments,the solvent is a 1:2 mixture of 2-methyltetrahydrofuran and ethylacetate. In embodiments, the solvent is a 1:3 mixture of2-methyltetrahydrofuran and ethyl acetate.

Compound (5) may be sulfonamidated in the presence of base. Bases mayinclude, for example, potassium phosphate tribasic, cesium carbonate,potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium tert-butoxide, potassiumtert-butoxide, sodium phenoxide, bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, lithiumdiisopropylamide and any other suitable base and combinations thereof.In embodiments, the base is potassium phosphate tribasic. Inembodiments, the base is potassium phosphate tribasic with a particlesize (D90) less than or equal to 120 μm. In embodiments, the base ispotassium phosphate tribasic hydrated with less than one molarequivalent of water. In embodiments, the base is potassium phosphatetribasic hydrated with less than 0.5 molar equivalents of water. Inembodiments, the base is potassium phosphate tribasic with a particlesize (D90) less than or equal to 120 μm and hydrated with less than onemolar equivalent of water. In embodiments, the base is potassiumphosphate tribasic with a particle size (D90) less than or equal to 120μm and hydrated with less than 0.5 molar equivalent of water. Inembodiments, the base is cesium carbonate. In embodiments, the base ispotassium carbonate. In embodiments, the base is sodium carbonate. Inembodiments, the base is sodium tert-butoxide, In embodiments, the baseis potassium tert-butoxide. In embodiments, the base is sodiumphenoxide. In embodiments, the base is lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide.In embodiments, the base is lithium diisopropylamide.

Compound (5) may be sulfonamidated at a temperature of from about 20 °C. to about 130 ° C. or from about 60 ° C. to about 100 ° C. Ininstances where the reaction is conducted above the boiling point of thereaction solvent, the reaction is conducted in a sealed vessel suitableto contain the pressure of the reaction. In embodiments, compound (5) issuifonamidated at a temperature of about 60 ° C., then about 85 ° C.,and finally about 95 ° C. In embodiments, compound (5) is sulfonamidatedat a temperature of about 80 ° C. and then about 50 ° C. In embodiments,compound (5) is sulfonamidated at a temperature of about 80 ° C. andthen about 90 ° C.

Compound (5) may be sulfonamidated in an inert atmosphere. Inembodiments, the inert atmosphere is provided by nitrogen. Inembodiments, the inert atmosphere is provided by argon.

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide underan argon atmosphere in t-amyl alcohol in the presence of potassiumphosphate tribasic, tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) anddi-tert-butyl(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,4,5,6-tetramethylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine to give compound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide underan argon atmosphere in t-amyl alcohol in the presence of potassiumphosphate tribasic, tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane to give compound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide int-amyl alcohol in the presence of potassium phosphate tribasic,tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl) phosphinaneto give compound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide int-amyl alcohol in the presence of potassium phosphate tribasic,tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and8,8,10,10-tetramethyl-9-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,5-dioxa-9-phosphaspiro[5.5]undecane to give compound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide int-amyl alcohol in the presence of potassium phosphate tribasic,tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-o1 to give compound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide int-amyl alcohol in the presence of potassium phosphate tribasic,tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and8-(2′,6′-diisopropoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane to give compound (A),

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide int-amyl alcohol n the presence of potassium phosphate tribasic,tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and1,3,5,7-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyibiphenyl-2-yl)-2,4,6-trioxa-8-phosphatricyclo[3.3.1.1^(3,7)]decane to give compound(A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide int-amyl alcohol in the presence of potassium phosphate tribasic,tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and8-(2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane to givecompound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide int-amyl alcohol in the presence of potassium phosphate tribasic,tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and6-methoxy-N,N-dimethyl-2′-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)biphenyl-2-amineto give compound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide int-amyl alcohol in the presence of potassium phosphate tribasic,tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and 8-(2′-methoxy-1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decaneto give compound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide int-amyl alcohol in the presence of potassium phosphate tribasic,tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and8-(1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decaneto give compound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide int-amyl alcohol in the presence of potassium phosphate tribasic,tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8(2(naphthalen-1-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane to give compound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide int-amyl alcohol in the presence of potassium phosphate tribasic,tris(dibenzylideneacectone)dipalladium(0) and7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2-(naphthalen-2-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane to give compound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide intetrahydrofuran in the presence of potassium phosphate tribasic,tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) anddi-tert-butyl(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine to give compound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide in2-methyltetrahydrofuran in the presence of potassium phosphate tribasic,tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) anddi-tert-butyl(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine to give compound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide inethyl acetate in the presence of potassium phosphate tribasic,tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) anddi-tert-butyl(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphineto give compound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide int-amyl alcohol in the presence of potassium phosphate tribasic,tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) anddi-tert-butyl(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6- dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yephosphineto give compound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide in amixture of 2-methyltetrahydrofuran and ethyl acetate in the presence ofpotassium phosphate tribasic, tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)and di-tert-butyl(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine to give compound (A).

In an embodiment, compound (5) is reacted with methanesulfonamide in amixture of 2-methyltetrahydrofuran and ethyl acetate in the presence ofpotassium phosphate tribasic, tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)and 7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane to givecompound (A),

Palladium--catalyzed C—N cross-coupling of an aryl nonaflate withmethylsulfonamide.

Palladium-catalyzed C—N cross-coupling of an aryl bromide with a primaryamine.

Palladium-catalyzed phenylurea coupling aryl chloride.

Palladium-catalyzed selective N-arylation of oxindole.

Palladium-catalyzed arylation of a secondary amine.

Palladium-catalyzed nitration of an aryl chloride

Palladium-catalyzed cyanation of an aryl bromide.

C—O Cross-Coupling

Palladium-catalyzed C—O cross-coupling of a primary alcohol with arylchloride or aryl bromide.

C—C Coupling

Palladium-catalyzed alkyl Suzuki-Miyaura cross-coupling with arylbromide.

Palladium-catalyzed Suzuki-Miyaura coupling.

Palladium-catalyzed borylation of an aryl chloride.

Palladium-catalyzed fluorination of an aryl trifluoromethanesulfonate.

Palladium-catalyzed coupling of bromobenzene with a thiol.

Palladium-catalyzed coupling of diethylphosphite with bromobenzene.

Ligands, catalyst compositions, and catalyzed reactions have beendescribed with respect to various preferred embodiments. Furthernon-limiting description is given by way of the working examples in thesection following.

EXAMPLES

Abbreviations : Ac for acetyl ; t-AmOH for tert-amyl alcohol; BF₃-Et₂Ofor boron trifluoride diethyl etherate; t-BuOH for tert-butyl alcohol;CYTOP 292® for3,5,7-tetramethyl-8-phenyl-2,4,6-trioxa-8-phosphatricyclo[3.3.1.1^(3,7)]decane;DME for 1,2-dimethoxyethane; DMF for dimethylformamide; Et for ethyl;EtOH for ethanol; Et₃N for triethylamine; HPLC for high pressure liquidchromatography; HRMS for high resolution mass specroscopy; KOAc forpotassium acetate ; Me for methyl; NMR for nuclear magnetic resonance;OAc for acetate; Ot—Bu for tert-butoxide; Pd₂dba₃ fortris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0); Pd(OAc)₂ for palladium(II)acetate; PPh₃ for triphenylphosphine; Tf for trifluoromethanesulfonate;THF for tetrahydrofuran; TLC for thin layer chromatography; TMEDA forN,N,N′,N′,-tetramethylethylenediamine; TMSCI for chlorotrimethylsilane;TOF-ESI⁺for time-of-flight-electron spary ionization

General Information.

Unless otherwise noted, reactions were performed under an inertatmosphere using standard Schlenk techniques. Glassware was oven-driedfor at least 8 hours at 100 ° prior to use. NMR spectra were recorded ona 400, 500, or 600 MHz spectrometers, with ¹H and ¹³C chemical shiftsreported in parts per million (ppm) downfield from tetramethylsilane andreferenced to residual proton (¹H) or deuterated solvent (¹³C). ³¹P NMRchemical shifts reported in ppm relative to 85% aqueous phosphoric acid.Thin layer chromatography (TLC) analysis of reaction mixtures wasperformed on EMD silica gel 60 F₂₅₄ thin layer chromatography plates.Silica gel column chromatography was performed with an Isco CombiFlashCompanion® with prepackaged Teledyne Isco RediSepRf normal phase silicacolumns using default flow rates (40-g: 40 mL/minutes; 80-g: 60mL/minutes; 120-g: 85 mL/minutes) Product purities were determined usinga Hewlett Packard Series 1100 HPLC and are reported as the peak areapercent (a %) of the desired peak at 254 nm. The following HPLC methodwas used for Examples 1-16:

-   -   Mobile phase A: 0.1% perchloric acid in water.    -   Mobile phase B: acetonitrile.    -   Column: Ascentis® Express C8 2.7 μm, 4.6 mm ×150 mm.    -   Flow rate: 1.5 mL/minutes.    -   Column temperature: 40 ° C.    -   Monitored at 254 nm.

Time (minutes) % A % B  0 60% 40%  8  5% 95% 16  5% 95% 17 60% 40%

Example 1 Synthesis of Ligands containing 6-membered Phosphacycles

Examples 1-a, 1-b, 1-c, 1-d, and 1-e were synthesized using the generalmethod described in Scheme A′.

Ethyl 2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-ylphosphinate:

A 1-L 3-neck round-bottom flask was fitted with an addition funnel andthe atmosphere was purged with nitrogen. Anhydrous, degassed THF (170mL) was added to the 1-L flask and cooled to −60 ° C. (internaltemperature). The addition funnel was charged with hexyllithium (2.38 Min hexanes, 57 mL, 135 mmol, 2.0 equiv). The hexyllithium wastransferred into the cold THF over 20 min, maintaining the temperaturebelow −40 ° C. The solution was re-cooled to −60 ° C. (internaltemperature). A solution of 2′-iodo-2,4,6-triisopropylbiphenyl (27.5 g,67.7 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in 170 mL of anhydrous, degassed THF wastransferred, via cannula, drop wise to the n-hexyllithium solution. Thiswas done over 25 min while maintaining the temperature below −40 ° C.After addition, the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at −60 ° C. for30 min. Diethyl chlorophosphite (19.62 mL, 135 mmol, 2.0equiv) was addedto the reaction mixture, over 10 min while maintaining the temperaturebelow −40 ° C. After addition of diethyl chlorophosphite, the reactionwas allowed to proceed at −60 ° C. for an additional 30 min. Aqueoushydrochloric acid (1 M, 338 mL, 338 mmol) was added at −60 ° C. Theflask was removed from the cold bath and the reaction was allowed towarm to 22 ° C. The resultant solution was diluted with heptane (340 mL)and transferred to a separatory funnel. The layers were separated andthe organic layer was assayed for product by quantitative HPLC (94%yield). The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure togive an oil which was used in the next reaction without furtherpurification.

(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbhenyl-2-yl)phosphine:

A 1-L 3-neck round-bottom flask was purged with nitrogen. Anhydrous,degassed THF (100 mL) was added to the flask and cooled to 0 ° C.(internal temperature). Lithium aluminum hydride (2.0 M in THF, 70 mL,140 mmol, 3.0 equiv) was added to the cooled THF. Chlorotrimethylsilane(18 mL, 140 mmol, 3.0 equiv) was added by addition funnel to the LAHsolution over 10 min while maintaining the internal temperature below+10 ° C. This solution was allowed to stir at 0 ° C. for 20 min.

A solution of ethyl 2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-ylphosphinate (17.5g, 47.0 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in 100 mL of anhydrous, degassed THF was cooledto 0 ° C. under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The lithium aluminumhydride/chlorotrimethylsilane solution was transferred by cannula intothe solution of phosphinate over 20 min. The reaction was allowed toproceed overnight with slow warming to 22 ° C. Prior to quench themixture was cooled in an ice bath. The reaction was quenched by slowaddition of EtOAc (23 mL, 235 mmol, 5 equiv), followed by aqueoushydrochloric acid (2 M, 250 mL, 500 mmol, 10.6 equiv). This mixture wasallowed to stir for 1 h under an atmosphere of N₂. This mixture wasdiluted with EtOAc (250 mL), the layers were separated and the organiclayer was washed once with a saturated solution of NaCl (100 mL). Theorganic solution was concentrated in vacuo to give a white solid (23.0g) which was 66% potent (w/w by HPLC), for a 99% yield. This materialwas used without further purification.

Example 1-a2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinane

A flask was charged with 1.05 g of2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one (2.33 mmol, 1.0 equiv), the atmosphere wassparged with argon and 12 mL of argon-sparged diethylene glycol wasadded. The flask was mounted with a Dean-Stark trap and condenser tocollect distillate. The mixture was charged with 1.05 mL of hydrazinehydrate (55 wt % hydrazine, 11.7 mmol, 5 equiv) and 0.77 g of potassiumhydroxide (88 wt %, 12.1 mmol, 5 equiv) and the mixture was immersed inan oil bath at 115 ° C. under an argon atmosphere. The temperature ofthe bath was gradually increased to 200 ° C. over two hours and kept atthat temperature for 5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to roomtemperature under argon gas. The reaction mixture was partitionedbetween heptane and water. The organic solution was washed once with 0.1M aqueous hydrochloric acid, once with 10 wt % aqueous sodium carbonateand once with water. The organic solution was concentrated in vacuo withgentle heating and the residue dried in vacuo to give 0.99 g of2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,b 6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinane(97 area % by HPLC, 94% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (C₆D₆, 500 MHz),δ=0.93 (d, 6H, J =10 Hz), 1.11 (d, 6H, J=7 Hz), 1.13 (d, 6H, J=19 Hz),1.23 (d, 6H, J=7 Hz), 1.31-1.26 (m, 2H), 1.42 (d, 6H, J=7 Hz), 1.57-1.50(m, 1H), 1.65-1.57 (m, 1H), 1.88-1.83 (m, 2H), 2.79 (sept, 2H, J=7 Hz),2.84 (sept, 1H, J=7 Hz), 7.12-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.22 (s, 2H), 7.27-7.24 (m,1H), 7.98-7.93 (m, 1H); ³¹P NMR (C₆D₆, 202 MHz), δ ppm -0.4 (brsinglet).

Example 1-b2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one

A flask was charged with 10.8 g of(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine (66% potent, 7.13 g, 22.8mmol, 1.0 equiv) and 6.6 g of 2,6-dimethyl-2,5-heptadien-4-one (47.7mmol, 2.1 equiv). The vessel was purged with argon gas and immersed inan oil bath at 170 ° C. with magnetic stirring. The flask was sealedwith a Teflon stopcock and the reaction was allowed to proceed under astatic argon atmosphere. The flask was removed from the oil bath after14 h and the contents allowed to cool to room temperature under argongas. Anhydrous ethanol (70 mL) was added to the unpurified solids andthe solids were broken up manually. The slurry was warmed to 80 ° C.,held for an hour, and cooled to room temperature. The product wasisolated by filtration, washes with ethanol and dried in vacuo to give7.82 g of2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one(98 area % by HPLC, 74% yield).

Example 1-c2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-ol

A flask was charged with 1.5 g of2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one(3.33 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The ketone was dissolved in 16 mL ofnitrogen-sparged tetrahydrofuran and cooled in an ice water bath. Asolution of lithium aluminum hydride (3.33 mL, 6.66 mmol, 2 equiv, 2 Min THF) was added dropwise over 3 minutes to the solution. The solutionwas warmed to room temperature and stirred for 7 hours. The reactionmixture was quenched by the slow addition of aqueous hydrochloric acid(50 mL, 1 M). The solution was stirred vigorously until homogeneous. Thephases were partitioned and the aqueous layer was collected. The aqueouslayer was washed with ethyl acetate (4×20 mL), then the combined organiclayers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. The resulting white solid was purified by columnchromatography using an Isco CombiFlash Companion® with a Teledyne IscoRediSepRf column (40-g, flow rate: 40 mL/minute, gradient: 1 columnvolumes heptane, ramp up to 60:40 heptane:ethyl acetate over 7 columnvolumes, hold at 60:40 for 2 column volumes). The title compound wasisolated as a white solid (1.32 g, 95 area % by HPLC at 254 nm, 88%yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.88 -7.81 (m, 1H), 7.40 - 7.28(m, 2H), 7.23 -7.17 (m, 1H), 7.00 (s, 2H), 4.04 (tt, J=10.2, 3.5 Hz,1H), 2.94 (hept, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.50 (hept, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.92-1.74 (m,2H), 1.71-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.38 (d, J=3.8 Hz, 6H), 1.32 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H),1.20 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H), 1.04 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 3H), 0.95 (d, J=6.7 Hz,6H) ppm. ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃)δ=149.4 (d, J=36 Hz), 147.1, 145.5,136.8 (d, J=6 Hz), 135.7 (d, J=3 Hz), 133.5 (d, J=32 Hz), 132.7 (d, J=7Hz), 127.8, 125.0, 120.0, 66.4, 51.1 (d, J=12 Hz), 34.2, 33.7, 33.4 (d,J=4 Hz), 33.2, 30.8, 27.8 (d, J=4 Hz), 26.5, 24.3, 23.1. ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃,202 MHz), δ ppm 0.0.

Example 1-d.7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane

A flask was charged with 3.75 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethypropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one (8.32 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and 0.16 gof p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (0.84 mmol, 0.1 equiv). Theatmosphere was purged with nitrogen and the flask was charged with 80 mLof nitrogen-sparged toluene. To this solution was added 4.6 mL ofethylene glycol (83 mmol, 10 equiv). The reaction flask was equippedwith a Dean-Stark trap and warmed to an internal temperature of 110 ° C.for 2 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The toluene was collected in theDean-Stark trap. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperatureunder nitrogen gas. The reaction was quenched with 1.6 mL of aqueous 10wt % sodium carbonate solution and partitioned between 65 mL of heptaneand 35 mL water. The organic solution was washed twice with 20 mLportions of water, concentrated in vacuo with gentle heating and theresidue was chased once with heptane. The concentrate was dissolved in35 g of methanol. Seed crystals were added to induce crystallization,the solvent was removed in vacuo and 16 ml of methanol was added to thecrystalline solid. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperatureand the crystalline product was isolated by filtration, washed withmethanol and dried in vacuo at 50 ° C. to give 3.5 g of7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane(96 area % by HPLC, 82% yield).

Example 1-e 8,8,10,10-tetramethyl-9-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,5-dioxa-9-phosphaspiro[5.5]undecane

A flask was charged with 0.40 g of2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one(0.89 mmol, 1.0 equiv), 10 mL of argon-sparged toluene, 0.65 mL of1,3-propanediol (8.9 mmol, 10 equiv) and 0.015 g of p-toluenesulfonicacid monohydrate (0.09 mmol, 0.1 equiv). The atmosphere was purged withargon and the reaction flask was equipped with a Dean-Stark trap andwarmed in an oil bath at 125 ° C. for 20 h under argon atmosphere. Thedistilled toluene was collected in the Dean-Stark trap. The reactionmixture was cooled to room temperature, quenched with saturated aqueoussodium bicarbonate and partitioned between toluene and water. Theaqueous solution was back extracted once with toluene, the combinedorganic solution was washed once with water, dried over potassiumcarbonate and concentrated in vacuo. The unpurified material waspurified by flash chromatography over silica gel with gradient elutionusing acetone/heptane mixtures. After concentration. 0.3 g (66% yield)of8,8,10,10-tetramethyl-9-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,5-dioxa-9-phosphaspiro[5.5]undecanewas isolated as a solid. ¹H NMR (C₆D₆, 500 MHz) δ ppm 1.02 (d, 6H, J=10Hz), 1.12 (d, 6H, J=7 Hz), 1.24 (d, 6H, J=7 Hz), 1.31-1.28 (pent, 2H,J=5.5 Hz), 1.42 (d, 6H, J=20 Hz), 1.45 (d, 6H, J=7 Hz), 2.13 (d, 2H,J=14.5 Hz), 2.25 (dd, 2H, J=14.5, 6 Hz), 2.80 (sept, 2H, J=7 Hz), 2.86(sept, 1H, J=7 Hz), 3.48 (t, 2H, J=5.5 Hz), 3.72 (t, 2H, J=5.5 Hz), 7.01(td, 1H, J=7.5, 1.5 Hz), 7.08 (br t, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 7.24 (s, 2H),7.26-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.89 (br d, 1H, J=8 Hz); ³¹P NMR (C₆D₆, 200 MHz) δppm-2.7 (br singlet).

Example 1-f3,3,8,8,10,10-hexamethyl-9-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropybiphenyl-2-yl)-1,5-dioxa-9-phosphaspiro[5.5]undecane

A flask was charged with 4.0 g of2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one(8.88 mmol, 1.0 equiv) 4.6 g of neopentyl glycol (44 mmol, 5 equiv) and0.15 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (0.89 mmol, 0.1 equiv). Theatmosphere was purged with argon and the flask was charged with 80 mL ofargon-sparged toluene. The reaction flask was equipped with a Dean-Starktrap and warmed to an internal temperature of 110 ° C. for 2 h underargon atmosphere. The distilled toluene was collected in the Dean-Starktrap. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature under argongas, The reaction was quenched with 1.7 mL of aqueous 10 wt % sodiumcarbonate solution and partitioned between 65 mL of heptane and 35 mL ofwater. The organic solution was washed three times with 20 mL portionsof water and concentrated in vacuo with gentle heating. Anhydrousethanol (78 g) was added to the crystalline residue and removed in vacuowith gentle heating. Anhydrous ethanol (24 mL) was added to theunpurified solids and the solids slurry was warmed to 80 ° C., held foran hour, and cooled to room temperature. The product was isolated byfiltration, washed with ethanol and dried in vacuo at 50 ° C. to give4.3 g of3,3,8,10,10-hexamethyl-9-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,5-dioxa-9-phosphaspiro[5.5]undecane(98 area % by HPLC, 88% yield).

Example 2 Synthesis of Ligand containing a Tricyclic Phosphacyclic RingExample 2a 1,3,5,7-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-2,4,6-trioxa-8-phosphatricyclo[3.3.1.1.^(3,7)]decane

A 100-mL 3-neck round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar anda reflux condenser was charged with potassium phosphate tribasic (1.23g, 5.78 mmol), adamantylphosphine (1.00 g, 4.63 mmol),2′-iodo-2,4,6-triisopropylbiphenyl (1.92 g, 1.02 mmol) and palladiumacetate (10.4 mg, 0.046 mmol). The solids were purged with argon forapproximately 30 min. A separate 25-mL round bottom flask was chargedwith diglyme (10 mL) and degassed with argon for 30 min. The degasseddiglyme solution was transferred to the 100-mL 3-neck flask using asyringe. The contents of the 3-neck flask were heated to 155 ° C. andstirred for 18 h under a positive pressure of argon. The reactionmixture was cooled to 80 ° C., water (15 mL) was added and the mixturewas allowed to cool down to the room temperature. Brown colored solid(2.55 g) was obtained after filtration and wash with water (20 mL). Thesolid obtained was transferred to a 100-mL round bottom flask, methanol(10 mL) was added and stirred under nitrogen for 30 min. Off-white solidwas isolated after filtration and washed with methanol (10 mL). Theoff-white solid was transferred again to a separate 100-mL round bottomflask, methanol (15 mL) was added and stirred under nitrogen for 20 min.White solid isolated after filtration was washed with methanol (15 mL)and dried vacuo to obtain 1.55 g of impure product. A portion (0.5 g) ofthe solid was further purified by flash chromatography using 0-2%acetone in heptane as eluent to afford 0.35 g of the desired product.³¹P NMR (202 MHz, C₆D₆): δ ppm -38.8.

Example 2b 8-(biphenyl-2-yl)-1,3,5,7-tetramethyl-2,4,6-trioxa-8-phosphatricyclo[3.3.1.1^(3,7)]decane

Into a dry 100-mL round-bottom flask equipped with a reflux condenserand magnetic stir bar, was placed the1,3,5,7-tetramethyl-2,4,8-trioxa-6-phosphaadamantane (4.32 g, 19.98mmol), milled K₃PO₄ (5.25 g, 24.73 mmol), and palladium acetate (22 mg,0.098mmol). The system was purged thoroughly with argon and2-iodobiphenyl (6.16 g, 21.99 mmol) was added via syringe and degasseddiglyme (40 mL) was added via cannula. The mixture was stirred atambient temperature for about 1 hour and then heated in an oil bath at145 ° C. (bath temperature) for about 8 hours under argon.

After cooling to ambient temperature, water (90 mL) was added to themixture over about 3 minutes. The resulting solid was filtered, rinsedwith water (2×20 mL), and dried in vacuo at ambient temperature toafford 7.16 g of a greenish-yellow powder. The solid was recrystallizedfrom about 50 mL of 1:1 heptane/ethyl acetate. The recovered light greensolid was dissolved in toluene (ca. 200 mL) and ethyl acetate (75 mL)and treated first with activated carbon (Darco S-51, 3.0 g) and thenfiltered through a plug of silica gel. After rinsing the solids withethyl acetate, the combined filtrates were evaporated. The residue wasrecrystallized from t-butyl methyl ether (ca. 60 mL) to afford 3.72 g(50.6%) of pale yellow-orange crystals after drying in vacuo at 50-60 °C. overnight. mp (Mettler FP-62, 0.4 ° C./minute) 168-169 ° C. ¹H NMR(600 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.34 (dt, J=7.8, 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 - 7.43 (m, 8H), 2.02 (dd, J=13.3, 7.3 Hz, 1 H), 1.89 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1 H), 1.88 (dd,J=25.8, 13.2 Hz, 1 H), 1.52 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 3 H), 1.43 (s, 3 H), 1.41(dd, J=13.3, 3.9 Hz, 1 H), 1.32 (s, 3 H), 0.90 (d, J=11.9 Hz, 3 H).³¹P{¹H} NMR (243 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm -39.1. Anal. Calcd for C₂₂H₂₅O₃P: C,71.72; H, 6.84. Found: C, 71.63; H, 6.97.

Example 3 Preparation of Biaryl Halides

Example 3-a 1-(2-Bromophenyl)naphthalene

To a 250-mL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar wasadded water (25 mL) and 1,2-dimethoxyethane (25 mL). The solution wassparged with nitrogen for 20 minutes, then potassium carbonate (6.67 g,48.3 mmol, 3 equiv), 2-bromophenylboronic acid (3.80 g, 18.9 mmol, 0.98equiv) and 1-bromonaphthalene (2.70 mL, 19.3 mmol, 1 equiv) were added.The flask was then purged with N₂ for 10 minutes before finally addingpalladium(II) acetate (87 mg, 0.39 mmol, 0.02 equiv) andtriphenylphosphine (405 mg, 1.55 mmol, 0.08 equiv). The reaction mixturewas heated to 85 ° C. under a positive pressure of nitrogen for 16hours. After cooling to room temperature, the phases were partitionedand the organic layer was collected, and the aqueous layer was washedwith ethyl acetate (3 ×20 mL). The combined organic fractions werewashed with brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, andconcentrated on a rotary evaporator. The crude material was purified bycolumn chromatography on an Isco CombiFlash system (120-g column;gradient: ramp up from heptane to 99:1 heptane:ethyl acetate over 1.5column volumes, hold at 99:1 for 1.5 column volumes, ramp up to 92:8heptane:ethyl acetate over 6 column volumes, hold at 92:8 for 6 columnvolumes) and then recrystallization from 99:1 heptane:ethanol to affordthe title compound as a white solid (2.81 g, 93 area % by HPLC, 51%yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.91 (dd, J=8.3, 0.8 Hz, 2H), 7.74(dd, J=8.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.57 -7.29 (m, 8H)

Example 3-b 2-(2-Bromophenyl)naphthalene

To a 250-mL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar wasadded water (25 mL) and 1,2-dimethoxyethane (25 mL). The solution wassparged with nitrogen for 20 minutes, and then potassium carbonate (6.67g, 48.3 mmol, 3 equiv), 2-bromophenylboronic acid (3.80 g, 18.9 mmol,0.98 equiv) and 2-bromonaphthalene (4.00 g, 19.3 mmol, 1 equiv) wereadded. The flask was purged with N₂ for 10 minutes before finally addingpalladium(II) acetate (87 mg, 0.39 mmol, 0.02 equiv) andtriphenylphosphine (405 mg, 1.55 mmol, 0.08 equiv). The reaction mixturewas heated to 85 ° C. under a positive pressure of nitrogen for 7 hours.After cooling to room temperature, the phases were partitioned and theorganic layer was collected. The aqueous layer was washed with ethylacetate (3 ×30 mL), and the combined organic fractions were washed withbrine (60 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated ona rotary evaporator. The crude orange oil was purified by columnchromatography on an Isco CombiFlash system (120-g column; gradient: 0.5column volumes heptane, ramp up to 99:1 heptane:dichloromethane over 0.5column volumes, hold at 99:1 for 1 column volumes, ramp up to 92:8heptane:dichloromethane over 7 column volumes, hold at 92:8 for 6 columnvolumes) to afford the title compound as a colorless oil (4.26 g, 97area % by HPLC, 78% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.93 -7.85 (m,4H), 7.72 (dd, J=8.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J=8.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.55-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.46 -7.38 (m, 2H), 7.28 -7.21 (m, 1H).

Example 3-c 2Iodo-3,6-dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′-trimethylbiphenyl

To an oven-dried 500-mL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar was added 2-fluoro-1,4-dimethoxybenzene (6 g, 38.4 mmol, 1 equiv).The flask was purged with N₂, and anhydrous degassed tetrahydrofuran(250 mL) was added. The solution was cooled to −78 ° C., andn-butyllithium (15.4 mL, 38.4 mmol, 1 equiv, 2.5 M in hexanes) was addeddropwise over 12 minutes The mixture was stirred for another 30 minutes,and mesitylmagnesium bromide (38.4 mL, 38.4 mmol, 1 equiv, 1Mtetrahydrofuran) was slowly added over 16 minutes. The reaction mixturewas stirred at −78 ° C. for an additional hour, then removed from thecold bath to warm to room temperature. After 2 hours at roomtemperature, the reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath to 0 ° C.and added a fresh solution of iodine (46.1 mL, 46.1 mmol, 1.2 equiv, 1Min tetrahydrofuran) was added dropwise over 10 minutes. The flask wasremoved from the ice bath and stirred for an additional hour. Then thereaction mixture was concentrated to afford a red oil. The oil wasdissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL), washed with aqueous saturatedsodium thiosulfate (2 ×50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over sodiumsulfate, filtered, and concentrated to furnish a brown-yellowish oil.Purification of the crude product by column chromatography (330-gcolumn; gradient: 1.5 column volumes heptane, ramp up to 89:11heptane:ethyl acetate over 8 column volumes, hold at 89:11 for 2 columnvolumes) followed by crystallization in heptane (20 mL) and a minimalamount of methyl tert-butyl ether, filtration, washing with coldheptane, and drying under vacuum afforded the title compound (6.64g, >99 area % by HPLC, 45% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm6.99-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.94 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 3.90(s, 3H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.93 (s, 6H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz,CDCl₃) δ ppm 152.4, 150.9, 137.6, 136.7, 135.8, 135.3, 127.7, 110.9,109.3, 94.5, 56.9, 56.4, 21.6, 20.1.

Example 3-d 2-Bromo-2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-4,5-dimethoxybiphenyl

To a 100-mL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar wasadded tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (198 mg, 0.216 mmol, 0.02equiv),1,3,5,7-tetramethyl-8-phenyl-2,4,6-trioxa-8-phosphatricyclo[3.3.1.1^(3,7)]decane(152 mg, 0.519 mmol, 0.048 equiv, CYTOP®292)2,4,6-triisopropylphenyiboronic acid (4.02 g, 16.2 mmol, 1.5 equiv)and potassium phosphate (6.89 g, 32.4 mmol, 3 equiv). The flask waspurged with nitrogen for 30 minutes, then anhydrous, degassedtetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added. The reddish slurry was stirred atroom temperature for 30 minutes, and then degassed water (2 mL), and1,2-dibromo-4,5-dimethoxybenzene (3.20 g, 10.8 mmol, 1 equiv) was added.The reaction was stirred at reflux for 21 hours. The reaction mixturewas cooled to room temperature and then diluted with water (30 mL). Thephases were separated and the aqueous layer was washed with ethylacetate (3 ×20 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (50mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated on a rotaryevaporator. The unreacted dibromoarene was removed by recrystallizationfrom hot methanol. The product was further purified by columnchromatography on an Isco Combiflash system (120-g column; gradient: 1column volumes heptane, ramp up to 98:2 heptane:ethyl acetate over 0.5column volumes, hold at 98:2 for 2 column volumes, ramp up to 90:10heptane:ethyl acetate over 7 column volumes, hold at 90:10 for 1 columnvolumes) to afford the title compound as a white solid (1.47 g, 99 area% by HPLC, 32% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.05(s, 2H), 6.69 (s, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 2.96 (hept, J=7.0 Hz,1H), 2.52 (hept, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.32 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.20 (d, J=6.9Hz, 6H), 1.07 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 148.0,147.9, 147.6, 146.0, 135.3, 133.2, 120.5, 114.8, 114.8, 113.9, 56.2,34.4, 30.9, 25.1, 24.3, 23.9.

Example 3-e 2-Bromo-3′,5′-dimethoxybiphenyl

To a 250-mL, round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar wasadded water (41 mL) and 1,2-dimethoxyethane (41 mL). The solution wassparged with nitrogen for 20 minutes, and then potassium carbonate (11.1g, 81.0 mmol, 3 equiv), 2-bromophenylboronic acid (6.35 g, 31.6 mmol,0.98 equiv) and 1-bromo-3,5- dimethoxybenzene (7.00 g, 32.2 mmol, 1equiv) were added. The flask was purged with N₂ for 10 minutes beforefinally adding palladium(II) acetate (145 mg, 0.645 mmol, 0.02 equiv)and triphenylphosphine (677 mg, 2.58 mmol, 0.08 equiv). The reactionmixture was heated to 85 ° C. under a positive pressure of nitrogen for16 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the phases werepartitioned. The organic phase was collected and the aqueous phase waswashed with ethyl acetate (3 ×2.0 mL). The combined organic fractionswere washed with brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, andconcentrated on a rotary evaporator. The crude yellow oil was purifiedby column chromatography on the Isco (120-g column; gradient: 2 columnvolumes heptane, ramp up to 94:6 heptane:ethyl acetate over 8 columnvolumes, hold at 94:6 for 6 column volumes) to afford the title compoundas a colorless oil (4.51 g, 94 area % by HPLC, 48% yield). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.68 -7.62 (m, 1H), 7.40 -7.31 (m, 2H), 7.24 -7.15 (m,1H), 6.55 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 2H), 6.50 (t, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 6H). ¹³CNMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 159.8, 142.6, 142.1, 132.8, 130.7, 128.5,127.0, 122.1, 107.4, 99.6, 55.5.

Example 3-f 2-Bromo-4′-tert-butylbiphenyl

To a 250-mL, round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar wasadded water (41 mL) and 1,2-dimethoxyethane (41 mL). The solution wassparged with nitrogen for 20 minutes, then potassium carbonate (6.49 g,46.9 mmol, 3 equiv), 2-bromophenylboronic acid (3.69 g, 18.4 mmol, 0.98equiv) and 1-bromo-4-tert-butylbenzene (4.00 g, 18.8 mmol, 1 equiv) wereadded. The flask was then purged with N₂ for 10 minutes before finallyadding palladium(II) acetate (84 mg, 0.375 mmol, 0.02 equiv) andtriphenylphosphine (394 mg, 1.50 mmol, 0.08 equiv). The reaction mixturewas heated to 85 ° C. under a positive pressure of nitrogen for 18hours. After cooling to room temperature, the phases were partitionedand the organic layer was collected. The aqueous layer was washed withethyl acetate (3 ×20 mL). The combined organic fractions were washedwith brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, andconcentrated on a rotary evaporator. The crude yellow oil was purifiedby column chromatography on an Isco CombiFlash system (120-g column;eluted with 14 column volumes heptane) to afford the title compound as acolorless oil (2.93 g, 67 area % by HPLC, 54% yield). ¹NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.68 -7.64 (m, 1H), 7.48 -7.42 (m, 2H), 7.39 -7.31 (m, 4H),7.21 -7.15 (m, 1H), 1.39 (s, 9H).

Example 4-General Procedure for Synthesis of Diethylphosphonates

To a round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar was added thearene (1 equiv). After purging the flask with nitrogen for 10 minutes,degassed, anhydrous tetrahydrofuran was added (0.3 M relative to arene).The resulting solution was cooled to −78 ° C., and then n-butyllithium(1.2 equiv, 2.5 M in hexanes) was added in a dropwise fashion. Thereaction was typically stirred for 1 hour at -−78 ° C., and then thearyllithium intermediate was quenched with diethyl chlorophosphate (1.2equiv). The reaction was allowed to warm slowly to room temperatureovernight, and then diluted with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate.The reaction mixture was worked up by separating the phases and washingthe aqueous layer with ethyl acetate (3x). The combined organicfractions were when washed once with brine, dried over sodium sulfate,filtered, and concentrated on a rotary evaporator. The crudediethylphosphonate was purified by silica gel column chromatography onan Isco CombiFlash system as described.

Example 4-a Diethyl 2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting2′-iodo-2,4,6-triisopropylbiphenyl (10.0 g, 24.6 mmol, 1 equiv), for thearene, wherein all other reagents are scaled accordingly, followed bypurification via column chromatography (120-g column; gradient: 2 columnvolumes dichloromethane, ramp up to 92:8 dichloromethane:acetone over 8column volumes, hold at 92:8 for 4 column volumes) (8.31 g, 97 area % byHPLC, 81% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.02 (ddd, J=14.3, 7.7,1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (tt, J=7.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (tdd, J =7.5, 3.6, 1.3Hz, 1H), 7.24 -7.15 (m, 1H), 7.02 (s, 2H), 3.86 (ddq, J=10.2, 8.7, 7.1Hz, 2H), 3.64 (ddq, J=10.2, 8.9, 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.93 (hept, J=6.9 Hz, 1H),2.42 (hept, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.21 (d, J=6.8 Hz,6H), 1.09 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 6H), 0.97 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H).

Example 4-b Diethyl2′-(dimethylamino)-6′-methoxybiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting2′-bromo-6-methoxy-N,N-dimethylbiphenyl-2-amine (see Buchwald SL, et al.JACS 2009;131: 7532-7533) (3.00 g, 9.80 mmol, 1 equiv) for the arene,wherein all other reagents are scaled accordingly, followed bypurification via column chromatography (80-g column; gradient: 1.5column volumes dichloromethane, ramp up to 90:10 dichloromethane:acetoneover 9.5 column volumes, hold at 90:10 for 6 column volumes) (2.97 g, 95area % by HPLC, 83% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.98 (ddd,J=14.1, 7.7, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (tt, J=7.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (tdd,J=7.6, 3.5, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.32 -7.20 (m, 2H), 6.72 (dd, J=8.2, 0.7 Hz,1H), 6.60 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.02-3.74 (m, 4H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.49 (s,6H), 1.16 (td, J=7.1, 4.7 Hz, 6H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 15.0(s).

Example 4-c Diethyl 2′,6′-bis(dimethylamino)biphenyl-2-ylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting 2′-bromo-N²,N², N⁶,N⁶-tetramethylbiphenyl-2,6-diamine (see Buchwald SL, JACS 2009; 131:7532-7533) (5.00 g, 15.7 mmol, 1 equiv) for the arene, wherein all otherreagents are scaled accordingly, followed by purification via columnchromatography (120-g column; gradient: 1.5 column volumesdichloromethane, ramp up to 84:16 dichloromethane:acetone over 8 columnvolumes, hold at 84:16 for 6 column volumes) (5.25 g, >94 area % byHPLC, 89% yield). ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃)δ ppm 7.83 (dd, J=14.0, 7.7 Hz,1H), 7.43 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.30 -7.24 (m, 2H), 7.19 -7.12 (m, 1H),6.76 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.94-3.81 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.63 (m, 2H), 2.31 (s,12H), 1.05 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 6H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 14.8 (s).

Example 4-d Diethyl 2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate

To a 250-mL round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar wasadded 2′-bromo-2,6-dimethoxybiphenyl (see Buchwald SL, Journal of theAmerican Chemical Society 2005;127:4685-4696)(7.02 g, 24.0 mmol, 1equiv). Degassed, anhydrous tetrahydrofuran was added (80 mL) followedby N,N,N′,N′-tetramethylethylene-1,2-diamine (4.31 mL, 28.7 mmol, 1.2equiv). The resulting solution was cooled to −78 ° C., and thenn-butyllithium (11.5 mL, 28.7 mmol, 1.2 equiv, 2.5 M hexanes) was addedin a dropwise fashion. After the addition of 5 mL of n-butyllithium thereaction slurry could no longer be stirred. The reaction flask waswarmed to 0 ° C. at which point the slurry became free-flowing. Theremainder of the n-butyllithium (˜6.5 mL) was added over the course of10 minutes. The reaction was stirred for 90 minutes at 0 ° C., and thenthe aryllithium intermediate was quenched with diethyl chlorophosphate(4.15 mL, 28.7 mmol, 1.2 equiv).

The reaction was re-cooled to −78 ° C. and stirred for 1 hour, then thecooling bath was removed and the flask was warmed to room temperature.At that point, the reaction solution was diluted with pH 7 phosphatebuffer (100 mL). The reaction mixture was worked up by separating thephases and washing the aqueous layer with ethyl acetate (4×60 mL). Thecombined organic fractions were then washed once with brine (150 mL),dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated on a rotaryevaporator. The crude product was purified by column chromatography(120-g column; gradient: 1.5 column volumes dichloromethane, ramp up to88:12 dichloromethane:acetone over 10.5 column volumes, hold at 88:12for 6 column volumes), the product was isolated as a white solid (5.49g, 78 area % by HPLC, 65% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.07(dd, J=14.1, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.46- 7.37 (m, 1H),7.30 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.18 (m, 1H), 6.60 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H),3.98-3.77 (m, 4H), 3.70 (s, 6H), 1.17 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 6H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃,202 MHz) δ ppm 15.2 (s).

Example 4-e Diethyl 2′,6′-diisopropoxybiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting2′-bromo-2,6-diisopropoxybiphenyl (12.0 g, 34.4 mmol, 1 equiv) for thearene, wherein all other reagents are scaled accordingly, followed bypurification via flash column chromatography (300-mL SiO₂ gel; gradient:85:15 to 75:25 dichloromethane:acetone)(11.0g, 79% yield). ¹H NMR (400MHz, C₆D₆) δ ppm 8.31 (dd, J =14.0, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.28 -7.22 (m, 2H),7.19 (t, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.07 (m, 1H), 6.51 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 4.26(hept, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 4.13-3.97 (m, 2H), 3.96-3.83 (m, 2H), 1.12-1.06(m, 12H), 1.02 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 6H). ³¹P NMR (C₆D₆, 202 MHz) δ ppm 18.2(s).

Example 4-f Diethyl 2′-(dimethylamino)biphenyl-2-ylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting2′-bromo-N,N-dimethylbiphenyl-2-amine (1.99 g, 7.21 mmol, 1 equiv) forthe arene, wherein all other reagents are scaled accordingly, followedby purification via column chromatography (80-g column; gradient: 1.5column volumes dichloromethane, ramp up to 90:10 dichloromethane:acetoneover 9.5 column volumes, hold at 90:10 for 6 column volumes) (1.96 g, 96area % by HPLC, 82% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.00 (ddd,J=14.3, 7.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (ttd, J=5.1, 3.3, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.34(m, 2H), 7.32-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.04-6.92 (m, 2H), 4.05-3.87 (m, 3H),3.80-3.62 (m, 1H), 2.52 (s, 6H), 1.18 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.11 (t, J=7.1Hz, 3H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 24.8 (s).

Example 4-g Diethyl biphenyl-2-ylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting 2-iodobiphenyl (4 mL,22.7 mmol, 1 equiv) for the arene, wherein all other reagents are scaledaccordingly, followed by purification via column chromatography (120-gcolumn; gradient: 1 column volumes dichloromethane, ramp up to 91:9dichloromethane:acetone over 9 column volumes, hold at 91:9 for 6 columnvolumes) (5.27 g, 94 area % by HPLC, 80% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ ppm 8.04 (ddd, J=14.3, 7.7, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (tt, J=7.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H),7.50 - 7.29 (m, 7H), 4.01 -3.76 (m, 4H), 1.13 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 6H). ³¹P NMR(CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 25.0 (s).

Example 4-h Diethyl 1,1′-binaphthyl-2-ylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting2-bromo-1,1′-binaphthyl (4.15 g, 12.5 mmol, 1 equiv) for the arene,wherein all other reagents are scaled accordingly, followed bypurification via column chromatography (80-g column; gradient: 1.5column volumes dichloromethane, ramp up to 91:9 dichloromethane:acetoneover 9.5 column volumes, hold at 91:9 for 7 column volumes) (3.91 g, 95area % by HPLC, 80% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.26-8.16 (m,1H), 8.02 (dd, J=8.4, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 7.99-7.89 (m, 3H), 7.60 (dd, J=8.2,7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.57-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.43 (ddd, J=8.1, 6.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H),7.29-7.15 (m, 3H), 7.08 (d, J=b 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.85-3.51 (m, 4H), 0.98 (t,J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.75-0.70 (m, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 143.1(d, J=10 Hz), 135.5 (d, J=6 Hz), 134.6 (d, J=2 Hz), 133.0, 132.8, 132.8,128.4 (d, J=3 Hz), 128.3 (d, J=6 Hz), 127.9, 127.7, 127.6, 127.5, 127.3(d, J=15 Hz), 126.8, 126.4, 126.4 (d, J=1 Hz), 125.6, 125.3, 125.0,124.6, 61.8 (d, J=6 Hz), 61.6 (d, J=6 Hz), 16.3 (d, J=7 Hz), 15.8 (d,J=7 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 17.5 (s).

Example 4-i Diethyl 2-(naphthalen-1-yl)phenylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting1-(2-bromophenyenaphthalene (2.78 g, 9.82 mmol, 1 equiv) for the arene,wherein all other reagents are scaled accordingly, followed bypurification via column chromatography (120-g column; gradient: 1.5column volumes dichloromethane: ramp up to 89:11 dichloromethane:acetoneover 8 column volumes, hold at 89:11 for 3.5 column volumes) (2.14 g, 97area % by HPLC, 64% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.17 (ddd,J=14.2, 7.7, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.89-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.61 (tt, J=7.5, 1.5 Hz,1H), 7.57-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.40-7,30 (m, 3H), 3.85-3.48(m, 4H), 0.95 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.71 (td, J=7.0, 0.5 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR(100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 143.4 (d, J=9 Hz), 138.0 (d, J=4 Hz), 133.6 (d,J=10Hz), 132.9, 132.2, 131.6 (d, J =14 Hz), 131.2 (d, J=3 Hz), 129.2,127,6 (d, J=6 Hz), 127.3, 127.2, 126.8 (d, J=15 Hz), 126.1, 125.4,125.2, 124.3, 61.7 (dd, J=13, 6 Hz), 16.2 (d, J=7 Hz), 15.76 (d, J=7Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 14.3 (s).

Example 4-j Diethyl 2-(naphthalen-2-yl)phenylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting2-(2-bromophenyl)naphthalene (4.25 g, 15.0 mmol, 1 equiv) for the arene,wherein all other reagents are scaled accordingly, followed bypurification via column chromatography (120-g column; gradient: 1.5column volumes dichloromethane: ramp up to 90:10 dichloromethane:acetoneover 7.5 column volumes, hold at 90:10 for 4 column volumes) (3.10 g, 96area % by HPLC, 61% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.09 (ddd,J=14.3, 7.7, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.96-7.78 (m, 4H), 7.65-7.55 (m, 2H),7.55-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.45-7.36 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.75 (m, 4H), 1.06 (t, J=7.1Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 145.5 (d, J=10 Hz), 138.5 (d,J=4 Hz), 133.6 (d, J=10 Hz), 132.4, 132.2, 131.6 (d, J=3 Hz), 131.2 (d,J=14 Hz), 127.9,127.8, 127.8, 127.4, 127.3, 126.7, 126.6, 126.0, 125.8(d, J=17 Hz), 61.8 (d, J=6 Hz), 16.3 (d, J=7 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202MHz) δ ppm 14.8 (s).

Example 4-k Diethyl 1′,3′,5′-triphenyl-1′H-1,4′-bipyrazol-5ylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting1′,3′,5′-triphenyl-1′H-1,4′-bipyrazole (see Sieser JE et al, Org. Proc.Res. & Devel. 2008;12:480-489) (2.00 g, 5.52 mmol, 1 equiv) for thearene, wherein all other reagents are scaled accordingly, followed bypurification via column chromatography (80-g column; gradient: 1.5column volumes dichloromethane, ramp up to 95:5 dichloromethane:acetoneover 8.5 column volumes, hold at 95:5 for 6 column volumes) (2.47 g, 99area % by HPLC, 90% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.76 (dd, J=1.6,1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.22 (m, 7H), 7.22-7.05 (m, 8H), 6.85 (dd, J=2.4, 1.6Hz, 1H), 3.75 - 3.49 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.16 (m, 2H), 0.85 (dt, J=8.4, 6.8Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 148.0, 141.2, 139.9 (d, J=17Hz), 139.4, 135.7, 133.5, 131.0, 129.0, 128.7, 128.5, 128.1, 128.0,127.5, 126.3, 125.0, 119.7, 116.7 (d, J=20 Hz), 62.5 (d, J=5 Hz), 62.3(d, J=6 Hz), 16.3 (d, J=6 Hz), 16.2 (d, J=6 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202MHz) δ ppm 11.0 (s).

Example 4-l Diethyl 1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-ylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting 1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole(5.00 mL, 37.8 mmol, 1 equiv) for the arene, wherein all other reagentsare scaled accordingly, followed by purification via columnchromatography (120-g column; gradient: 1.5 column volumesdichloromethane, ramp up to 92:8 dichloromethane:acetone over 8.5 columnvolumes, hold at 92:8 for 8 column volumes) (8.34 g, 98 area % by HPLC,79% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.71 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H),7.66-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.36 (m, 3H), 6.96 (dd, J =2.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H),4.11-3.92 (m, 4H), 1.17 (td, J=7.0, 0.5 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz,CDCl₃) δ ppm 140.1, 139.3 (d, J=17 Hz), 131.6 (d, J=216 Hz), 128.4,128.3, 125.1, 117.0 (d, J=19 Hz), 62.9 (d, J=6 Hz), 16.3 (d, J=7 Hz).³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) 6 ppm 5.0 (s).

Example 4-m Diethyl 2-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting1-(2-bromophenyl)-1H-pyrrole (see Lautens M et al, Organic Letters 2007;9: 1761-1764) (5.29 g, 23.8 mmol, 1 equiv) for the arene, wherein allother reagents are scaled accordingly, followed by purification viacolumn chromatography (80-g column; gradient: 1.5 column volumesdichloromethane, ramp up to 92:8 dichloromethane:acetone over 9.5 columnvolumes, hold at 92:8 for 5 column volumes) (4.81 g, 97 area % by HPLC,72% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.04 (ddd, J=14.6, 7.7, 1.6Hz, 1H), 7.59 (tt, J=7.7, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (tdd, J=7.6, 3.1, 1.2 Hz,1H), 7.39-7.29 (m, 1H), 6.97 (t, J=2.2 Hz, 2H), 6.29 (t, J=2.2 Hz, 2H),4.09-3.89 (m, 4H), 1.23 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 6H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δppm 15.1 (s).

Example 4-n Diethyl 3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting2-iodo-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl (5.00 g, 14.7 mmol, 1equiv) (see BuchwaldSL et al, U.S. Pat. No. 7,858,784, Dec. 28, 2010) for the arene, whereinall other reagents are scaled accordingly, followed by purification viacolumn chromatography (120-g column; gradient: 1 column volumesdichloromethane, ramp up to 82:18 dichloromethane:acetone over 8 columnvolumes, hold at 82:18 for 6 column volumes) (2.54 g, >99 area % byHPLC, 49% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.44 -7.26 (m, 5H), 7.09(d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J=9.0, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.02-3.91 (m, 5H),3.75-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.64 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 3H), 1.09 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 6H). ¹³CNMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 155.7, 151.0 (d, J=19 Hz), 137.4 (d, J=5 Hz),136.2 (d, J=8 Hz), 129.6, 126.9, 126.5, 118.2 (d, J=188 Hz), 116.1 (d,J=3 Hz), 111.6 (d, J=11 Hz), 61.5 (d, J=6 Hz), 56.9, 16.4 (d, J=7 Hz).³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 12.4 (s).

Example 4-o Diethyl3,6-dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′trimethylbiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting2-iodo-3,6-dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′e-trimethylbiphenyl (5.01 g, 13.1 mmol, 1equiv) for the arene, wherein all other reagents are scaled accordingly,followed by purification via column chromatography (120-g column;gradient: 1.5 column volumes dichloromethane, ramp up to 85:15dichloromethane:acetone over 8.5 column volumes, hold at 85:15 for 6column volumes) (3.09 g, 88 area % by HPLC, 60% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) 3 ppm 7.07 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (dd, J=9.0, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.85(s, 2H), 4.01-3.87 (m, 5H), 3.70-3.55 (m, 5H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s,6H), 1.09 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 155.7, 150.5(d, J=20 Hz), 135.6, 135.6, 134.6 (d, J=9 Hz), 134.0 (d, J=4 Hz), 127.1,119.5, 115.5 (d, J=3 Hz), 111.1 (d, J=11 Hz), 61.4 (d, J=7 Hz), 56.7 (d,J=12 Hz), 21.4, 20.6, 16.5 (d, J=6 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm12.6 (s).

Example 4-p Diethyl2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting2-iodo-2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl (see Buchwald SL, etal, JACS 2008;130: 13552-13554) (6.00 g, 12.9 mmol, 1 equiv) for thearene, wherein all other reagents are scaled accordingly, followed bypurification via column chromatography (120-g column; gradient: 1.5column volumes dichloromethane, ramp up to 88:12dichloroinethane:acetone over 8 column volumes, hold at 88:12 for 7.5column volumes) (3.51 g, 93 area % by HPLC, 57% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.04-6.89 (m, 4H), 3.99-3.84 (m, 5H), 3.60 (s, 3H),3.57-3.44 (m, 2H), 2.93 (hept, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.49 (hept, J=6.8 Hz, 2H),1.28 (d, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.17 (d, 1=6.8 Hz, 6H), 1,01 (dd, J=9.3, 4.9 Hz,6H), 0.97 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H). ¹³C1NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 155.4, 151.3(d, J=20 Hz), 146.6, 145.7, 133.7 (d, J=8 Hz), 131.9, 119.8, 119.5 (d,J=190 Hz), 113.7 (d, J=3 Hz), 110.5 (d, J=11 Hz), 61.1 (d, J=7 Hz),56.5, 55.5, 34.4 31.0, 24.7, 24.3, 23.7 16.6 (d, J=6 Hz), ³¹P NMR(CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 13.1 (s).

Example 4-q Diethyl2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-4,5-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting2-bromo-2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-4,5-dimethoxybiphenyl (1.47 g, 3.51 mmol,1 equiv) for the arene, wherein all other reagents are scaledaccordingly, followed by purification via column chromatography (80-gcolumn; gradient: 2 column volumes dichloromethane, ramp up to 92:8dichloromethane:acetone over 8 column volumes, hold at 92:8 for 8 columnvolumes) (1.13 g, 99 area % by HPLC, 68% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ ppm 7.49 (dd, J=14.9, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (s, 2H), 6.67 (d, J=5.5 Hz,1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.91-3.78 (m, 5H), 3,66 (ddq, J=10.2, 8.7, 7.1 Hz,2H), 2.92 (hept, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.50 (hept, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (d,J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.21 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H), 1.07 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 6H), 1.00 (d,J=6.8 Hz, 6H), ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 150.4 (d, J=4 Hz), 147.7,146.8 (d, J=19 Hz), 146.3, 137.3 (d, J=10 Hz), 135.5 (d, J=3 Hz), 120.0,119.5 (d, J=197 Hz), 116.5, 115.0 (d, J=13 Hz), 114.6 (d, J=19 Hz), 61.6(d, J=6 Hz), 56.1 (d, J=5 Hz), 34.6, 30.9, 26.1, 24.4, 22.9, 16.5 (d,J=6 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 18.3 (s).

Example 4-r Diethyl 3′,5′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting2-bromo-3′,5′-dimethoxybiphenyl (4.50 g, 15.4 mmol, 1 equiv) for thearene, wherein all other reagents are scaled accordingly, followed bypurification via column chromatography (120-g column; gradient: 1.5column volumes dichloromethane, ramp up to 88:12 dichloromethane:acetoneover 8 column volumes, hold at 88:12 for 4 column volumes) (2.81 g, 98area % by HPLC, 52% yield). ^(1 H NMR ()400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.02 (ddd,J=14.3, 7.7, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (tt, J=7.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.38 (m,1H), 7.38-7.32 (m, 6.63 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 2H), 6.48 (t, J=2.3 Hz, 1H),4.03-3.84 (m, 4H), 3.82 (s, 7H), 1.17 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (100MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 159.5, 145.4 (d, J=10 Hz), 142.9 (d, J=4 Hz), 133.5(d, J=10 Hz), 131.6 (d, J=3 Hz), 130.7 (d, J=14 Hz), 126.7 (d, J=14 Hz),126.6 (d, J=186 Hz), 107.5, 99.7, 61.9 (d, J=6 Hz), 55.5, 16.4 (d, J=7Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 17.7 (s).

Example 4-s Diethyl 4′-tert-butylbiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor synthesis of diethylphosphonates substituting2-bromo-4′-tert-butylbiphenyl (2.86 g, 9.89 mmol, 1 equiv) for thearene, wherein all other reagents are scaled accordingly, followed bypurification via column chromatography (120-g column; gradient: 2 columnvolumes dichloromethane, ramp up to 92:8 dichloromethane:acetone over 8column volumes, hold at 92:8 for 6 column volumes) (2.53 g, 96 area % byHPLC, 74% yield), ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.02 (ddd, J=14.3, 7.7,1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (tt, J=7.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45- 7.30 (m, 6H), 3.98-3.74(m, 4H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 1,10 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 6H), ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃)δ ppm 149.9, 145.6 (d, J=10 Hz), 138.2 (d, J=4 Hz), 133.4 (d, J=10 Hz),131.5 (d, J=3 Hz), 131.1 (d, J=14 Hz), 128.7, 127.7, 126.3 (d, J=15 Hz),124.1, 61.8 (d, J=6 Hz), 34.8, 31.6, 16.3 (d, J=7 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃,202 MHz) δ ppm 17.8 (s).

Example 5 General Procedure for the Phosphonate Reduction

In a round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar and under apositive pressure of nitrogen was added anhydrous, degassedtetrahydrofuran (˜1.6 M relative to LiAlH₄) and lithium aluminum hydride(3 equiv) as a solution in tetrahydrofuran. After cooling the mixture to0 ° C. in an ice bath, chlorotrimethylsilane (3 equiv) was added in adropwise manner. The resulting solution was stirred at 0 ° C. Atetrahydrofuran solution (˜0.7 M relative to the phosphonate) of thediethylphosphonate (1 equiv) was prepared in a separate round-bottomflask, then cooled to 0 ° C. in an ice bath while under a positivepressure of N₂. After 30 minutes, the lithium aluminumhydride/chlorotrimethylsilane solution was transferred to the solutionof diethylphosphonate in a dropwise fashion by cannula using a positivepressure of nitrogen. Rapid gas evolution was observed. The reaction wasstirred vigorously at 0 ° C. and warmed slowly to room temperatureovernight. After ˜16 hours, the reaction solution was cooled in an icebath to 0 ° and quenched using either an acidic workup (method A) or bythe Fieser method (method B).

Workup method A was used for air-stable phosphines without abasicfunctional group. The reaction mixture was quenched slowly with ethylacetate (7.7 equiv), followed by 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid (15equiv). The biphasic mixture was then stirred vigorously at roomtemperature until the phases became clear (˜1 h), at which point thephases were partitioned. The organic layer was collected, and theaqueous layer was washed with ethyl acetate (3x). The combined organicfractions were then washed once with brine, dried over sodium sulfate,filtered, and concentrated on a rotary evaporator. The isolated primaryphosphines were used without further purification.

Workup method B was employed with air-sensitive phosphines andair-stable phosphines containing basic substituents. For air-sensitivesubstrates, the water and 15% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution used inthe Fieser quench (n mL of water, n mL 15% aqueous sodium hydroxide, 3nwater, where n=grams of LiAlH₄ used) were degassed by sparging withnitrogen for 30 minutes prior to use. The resulting slurry was stirredvigorously for 15 minutes. Then, using standard Schlenk technique, theair-sensitive phosphine slurry was cannula transferred into a frittedSchlenk filter under nitrogen pressure. The filtrate solution wascollected in a 3-neck round-bottom flask. The reaction flask was rinsedwith nitrogen-sparged dichloromethane (2x), and the wash was passedthrough the Schlenk filter each time. The filter cake was also rinsedwith dichloromethane (2x). The combined organic fractions wereconcentrated in vacuo to ˜10 mL, then the solution was cannulatransferred into a degassed 40-mL scintillation vial with a septa-topcap. The solution was concentrated in the vial to furnish the phosphine,which was used without further purification.

Example 5-a Alternative Preparation of (2′, 4′,6′-Triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate (8.31 g, 20.0 mmol, equiv)for diethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaledaccordingly, and using work up method A (15 mL ethyl acetate, 250 mL 1 Maqueous hydrochloric acid) (6.20 g, 95 area % by HPLC, 99% yield). ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.65- 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.29 (m, 1H),7.29-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.16- 7.10 (m, 1H), 7.06 (s, 2H), 3.57 (d, J=203.7Hz, 2H), 2.95 (hept, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (hept, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.32 (d,J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.20 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.02 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H), ³¹P NMR(CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −130.5 (s).

Example 5-b 6-Methoxy-N,N-dimethyl-2′-phosphinobiphenyl-2-amine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl2′-(dimethylamino)-6′-methoxybiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate (3.15 g, 8.67mmol, 1 equiv) for diethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and using work up method B (1 mL water, 1 mL 15%aqueous sodium hydroxide, 3 mL water) (2.17 g, 96 area % by HPLC, 97%yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.61 (dd, J=10.6, 3.8 Hz, 1H),7.37-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.24- 7.18 (m, 1H), 6.72 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.65 (dq, J=202.4, 12.1 Hz, 2H), 2.48(s,6H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δppm -131.9 (s).

Example 5-c N², N², N⁶, N⁶-tetramethyl-2′-phosphinobiphenyl-2,6-diamine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl 2′,6′-bis(dimethylamino)biphenyl-2-ylphosphonate (5.14 g, 13.7 mmol, 1equiv) for diethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaledaccordingly, and using work up method B (1.55 mL water, 1.55 mL 15%aqueous sodium hydroxide, 4.7 mL water) (3.45 g, >99 area % by HPLC, 93%yield). ¹NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.58 (dd, J=10.7, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34(ddd, J=12.3, 7.1, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.22 (m, 1H),7.19-7.12 (m, 1H), 6.81 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (d, J=202.4 Hz, 2H),2.39 (s, 12H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −133.7 (s).

Example 5-d (2′,6′-Dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate (5.40 g, 15.4 mmol, 1 equiv) fordiethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaled accordingly,and using, work up method A (10 mL ethyl acetate, 100 mL 1 M aqueoushydrochloric acid) to afford the product as a white solid (3.80 g, 86area % by HPLC, >99% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.68- 7.59(m, 1H), 7.41- 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.17 (m, 1H), 6.65(dd, J=9.9, 4.7 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 6H), 3.65 (d, J=203.0 Hz,2H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm -131.5 (s).

Example 5-e (2′,6′Diisopropoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl2′,6′-diisopropoxybiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate (3.16 g, 15.4 mmol, 1 equiv)for diethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaledaccordingly, and using, work up method A (6 mL ethyl acetate, 75 mL 1 Maqueous hydrochloric acid) (2.30 g, 94 area % by HPLC, 98% yield). ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.63-7.53 (m, 1, 1H), 7.34-7.27 (m, 1H),7.25-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.63 (dd, J=6.8, 4.0 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (hept, J=6.1 Hz,2H), 3.68 (d, J=202.7 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 6H), 1.13 (d, J=6.0Hz, 6H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm -132.2 (s).

Example 5-f N,N-Dimethyl-2′-phosphinobiphenyl-2-amine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl2′-(dimethylamino)biphenyl-2-ylphosphonate (1.96 g, 5.88 mmol, 1 equiv)for diethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaledaccordingly, and using, the air-free work up method B (0.7 mL water, 0.7mL 15% aqueous sodium hydroxide, 2.0 mL water) (1.20 g, 89% yield). ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.73- 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J=10.6, 4,4 Hz, 2H),4.15-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.52 (s, 6H).

Example 5-g Biphenyl-2-ylphosphine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethylbiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate (9.00 g, 31.0 mmol, 1 equiv) fordiethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaled accordingly,and using the air-free work up method B (3.5 mL water, 3.5 mL 15%aqueous sodium hydroxide, 11.5 water) (4.96 g, 86% yield). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.56-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.19 (m, 6H), 7.19-7.09 (m,2H), 3.72 (d, J=204.4 Hz, 2H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −123.6 (t,¹J_(PH)=202 Hz).

Example 5-h 1,1′-Binaphthyl-2-ylphosphine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl1,1′-binaphthyl-2-ylphosphonate (3.90 g, 9.99 mmol, 1 equiv) fordiethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaled accordingly,and using the air-free work up method B (1.1 mL water, 1.1 mL 15%aqueous sodium hydroxide, 3.4 mL water) (2.80 g, 98% yield). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.93-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.78 (dd, J=12.0, 8.3 Hz, 2H),7.67-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.53 (dt, J=10.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.28 (m, 3H),7.23-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.08 (dd, J=16.5, 8.5 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (ddd, J=205.2,66.6, 12.0 Hz, 2H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm -126.1 (s).

Example 5-i (2′-Methoxy-1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)phosphine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl2′-methoxy-1,1′-binaphthyl-2-ylphosphonate(see Powell DR, et al, Journalof Organic Chemistry 1998; 63: 2338-2341) (1.23 g, 2.92 mmol, 1 equiv)for diethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaledaccordingly, and using the air-free work up method B (0.3 mL water, 0.3mL 15% aqueous sodium hydroxide, 1.0 mL water) (908 mg, 98% yield). ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.07-7.96 (m, 1H), 7.93-7.80 (m, 3H), 7.80- b7.67 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.17 (m, 2H),7.13 (dt, J=6.9, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.99-6.88 (m, 1H) 3.79 (s, 3H). 3.62 (ddd,204.0, 46.0, 12.1 Hz, 2H). ³P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm -129.2 (s).

Example 5-j (2-(Naphthalen1-yl)phenyl)phosphine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl2-(naphthalen-1-yl)phenylphosphonate (2.12 g, 6.23 mmol, 1 equiv) fordiethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaled accordingly,and using the air-free work up method B (0.7 mL water, 0.7 mL 15%aqueous sodium hydroxide, 2.1 mL water) (1.43 g, 97% yield). ¹ H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.98-7.85 (m, 2H), 7.72-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.29(m, 8H), 3.59 (ddd, J=102.0, 34.9, 12.2 Hz, 2H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202MHz) δ ppm -130.1 (s).

Example 5-k (2-(Naphthalen-2-yl)phenyl)phosphine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl2-(naphthalen-2-yl)phenylphosphonate (3.06 g, 8.99 mmol, 1 equiv) fordiethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaled accordingly,and using, the reaction air-free work up method B (1.0 mL water, 1.0 mL15% aqueous sodium hydroxide, 3.1 mL water) (1.92 g, 90% yield). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.93-7.82 (m, 3H) 7.82-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.63 (ddd,J=13.6, 4.6, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.40-7.31 (m, 2H),7.31-7.22 (m, 1H), 3.85 (d, J=204.6 Hz, 2H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δppm -126.0 (s).

Example 5-l 1′, 3′, 5′-Triphenyl-5-phosphino-1′H-1,4′-bipyrazole

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl 1′, 3′,5′-triphenyl-1′H-1,4′-bipyrazol-5-ylphosphonate (2.42 g, 4.85 mmol, 1equip) for diethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaledaccordingly, and using the air-free work up method B (0.6 mL water, 0.6mL 15% aqueous sodium hydroxide, 1.6 mL water) (1.81 g, 86 area % byHPLC, 95% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.76 (t, J=1.6 Hz, 1H),7.46-7.32 (m, 6H), 7.32-7.27 (m, 4H), 7.25-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.15-7.09 (m,2H), 6.60-6.50 (m, 1H), 3.32 (dm, J=208.4 Hz, 2H).

Example 5-m 1-Phenyl-5-phosphino-1H-pyrazole

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-ylphosphonate (3.77 g, 13.5 mmol, 1 equiv) fordiethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaled accordingly,and using the air-free work up method B (1.6 mL water, 1.6 mL 15%aqueous sodium hydroxide, 4.6 mL water) (1.95 g, 82% yield). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.75-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.37 (m, 5H), 6.60 (d, J=1.2Hz, 1H), 3.92 (d, J=207.8 Hz, 2H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ −161.3(s).

Example 5-n 1-(2-Phosphinophenyl)1H-pyrrole

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl2-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenylphosphonate (4.00 g, 14.3 mmol, 1 equiv) fordiethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaled accordingly,and using the air-free work up method B (1.6 mL water, 1.6 mL 15%aqueous sodium hydroxide, 4.9 mL water) (2.03 g, 81% yield). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.63-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.31 (m, 1 H) 7.31-7.21 (m,2H), 6.84-6.74 (m, 2 H), 6.37-6.29 (m, 2H), 3.74 (d, J=205.6 Hz, 2H).³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −132.3 (s).

Example 5-o (3,6-Dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate (2.50 g, 7.14 mmol, 1 equiv) fordiethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaled accordingly,and using the air-free work up method B (0.8 mL water, 0.8 mL 15%aqueous sodium hydroxide, 2.4 mL water) (1.64 g, 93% yield). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.49-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.20 (m, 1H),6.84 (dt, J=8.9, 5.9 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.46 (d, J=215.1Hz, 2H). ¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −154.6 (s).

Example 5-p (3,6Dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′-trimethylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl3,6-dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′-trimethylbiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate (3.05 g, 7.77mmol, 1 equiv) for diethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and using the air-free work up method B (0.9 mLwater, 0.9 mL 15% aqueous sodium hydroxide, 2.7 mL water) (2.19 g, 98%yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 6.95 (s, 2H), 6.83 (dt, J=8.9, 6.0Hz, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.34 (d, J=214.2 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (s,3H), 1.94 (s, 6H). ¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −160.4 (s).

Example 5-q (2′, 4′,6′-Triisopropyl-3,6-(dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl 2′, 4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate (3.47 g, 7.28mmol, 1 equiv) for diethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and using work up method A (6 mL ethyl acetate, 100mL 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid) (2.67 g, 98% yield), ¹H NMR (CDCl₃,400 MHz) δ ppm 7.05 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 2H), 6.86-6.78 (m, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H),3.65 (s, 3H), 3.31 (d, J=215.0 Hz, 2H), 3.01-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.44 (hept,J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.31 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.15 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.02 (d,J=6.8 Hz, 6H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −156.3 (s).

Example 5-r (2′,4′,6′-Triisopropyl-4.5-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl 2′, 4′,6′-triisopropyl-4,5-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate (1.10 g, 2.31mmol, 1 equiv) for diethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and using work up method A (1.7 mL ethyl acetate, 32mL 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid) (798 mg, 93% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.11- 7.03 (m, 3H), 6.69-6.65 (m, 1H), 3.96 (d, J=57.3 Hz,1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.31 (s, 1H), 3.02-2.89 (m, 1H),2.56-2.39 (m, 3H), 1.32 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.19 (d, =6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.04(d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −128.9 (s).

Example 5-s (3′, 5′-Dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl3′,5′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate (2.75 g, 7.85 mmol, 1 equiv) fordiethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaled accordingly,and using the air-free work up method B (0.9 mL water, 0.9 mL 15%aqueous sodium hydroxide, 2.7 mL water) (1.54 g, 80% yield). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.55-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.11 (m, 3H), 6.45-6.38 (m,3H), 3.79 (d, J=204.4 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 6H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δppm −123.5 (t, ¹Jhd PH=200 MHz).

Example 5-t (4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphonate reduction substituting diethyl4′-tert-butylbiphenyl-2-ylphosphonate (2.52 g, 7.27 mmol, 1 equiv) fordiethylphosphonate, wherein all other reagents were scaled accordingly,and using the air-free work up method B (0.8 mL water, 0.8 mL, 15%aqueous sodium hydroxide, 2.5 mL water) (1.40 g, 79% yield). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.56-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.09 (m,5H), 3.78 (d, J=204.7 Hz, 2H), 1.30 (s, 9H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δppm −121.1 (t, ¹J_(PH)=204 MHz).

Example 6 General Procedure for the Double Conjugate Addition to Phorone

A 20-mL glass liner equipped with a magnetic stir bar was charged withthe primary biarylphosphine (1 equiv) and phorone (2.1 equiv). The glassliner was then placed into a 30-mL Parr Hastelloy C reactor, which waspurged with nitrogen gas and sealed under 30 psig of N₂. For airsensitive phosphines, the reaction was setup in a nitrogen-atmosphereglovebox and sealed under an atmosphere of N₂. The reaction was stirredovernight in an oil bath at 170 ° C. Upon cooling to room temperature,the Parr reactor was carefully vented and then unsealed. The glass linerwas removed from the Parr body and typically contained a yellow solid.Ethanol was added to the crude material and manually slurried with aspatula. If necessary, gentle heating (50 ° C.) was applied to aid inbreaking the solid apart. The product was isolated by filtration and theglass liner and filter cake were washed with cold ethanol (3x).

Example 6-a Alternative Preparation of2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one(Example 1-b)

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone substituting (2′, 4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine (4.0 g, 12.8 mmol, l equiv) forbiarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents were scaled accordingly, andheating for 20 hours (4.49 g, 92 area % by HPLC, 78% yield). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.91-7.79 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.21 (m,1H), 7.02 (s, 2H), 3.04-2.89 (m, 3H), 2.49 (hept, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.29(dd, J=13.6, 4.9 Hz, 2H), 1.32 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.25-1.15 (m, 12H),1.02-0.95 (m, 12H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 6.1(s).

Example 6-b1-(2′-(Dimethylamino)-6′-methoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone substituting6-methoxy-N,N-dimethyl-2′-phosphinobiphenyl-2-amine (1.82 g, 7.02 mmol,1 equiv) for biarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents were scaledaccordingly, and heating for 20 hours (2.01 g, >99 area % by HPLC, 72%yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.82 (dd, J=5.3, 3.9 Hz, 1H),7.47-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.27 (m, 3H), 6.69 (dd, J=8.2, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.63(dd, J=8.3, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.03 (d, J=13.8 Hz, 1H),2.90-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.46 (s, 6H), 2.42-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.02 (m, 1H),1.23 (d, J=19.6 Hz, 3H), 1.15 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 3H), 1.00 (d, J=17.8 Hz, 3H),0.62 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 212.1, 157.1,152.3 (d, J=3 Hz), 145.6 (d, J=36 Hz), 135.8 (d, J=28 Hz), 133.3 (d, J=7Hz), 133.1 (d, J=4 Hz), 128.3, 128.2, 125.8, 124.1 (d, J=7 Hz), 110.5,104.1, 55.2, 54.7 (d, J=3 Hz), 52.3, 43.6, 35.8 (d, J=21 Hz), 34.9 (d,J=24 Hz), 33.8 (d, J=39 Hz), 31.2 (d, J=34 Hz), 29.6 (d, J=9 Hz), 29.0(d, J=7 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 0.0 (s). LRMS (ESI⁺) foundfor [M+H, C₂₄H₃₃NO₂P]⁺398.2.

Example 6-c 1-(2′,6′-Bis(dimethylamino)biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone substituting N², N², N⁶,N⁶-tetramethyl-2′-phosphinobiphenyl-2,6-diamine (2.89 g, 10.6 mmol, 1equiv) for biarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents were scaledaccordingly, and heating for 20 hours (2.81 g, 87 area % by HPLC, 65%yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.79 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.35(m, 2H), 7.35-7.26 (m, 2H), 6.93-6.82 (m, 2H), 2.91 (dd, J=13.9, 2.9 Hz,2H), 2.46 (s, 12H), 2.30 (ddd, J=14.0, 10.2, 4.1 Hz, 2H), 1.15 (s, 3H),1.10 (s, 3H), 0.95 (s, 3H), 0.93 (s, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm212.0, 153.1, 147.6, 135.5 (d, J=29 Hz), 133.9 (d, J=4 Hz), 133.5 (d,J=7Hz), 132.7-131.8 (m), 128.3, 127.6, 125.5, 114.4, 53.7, 45.5, 35.1,34.9, 33.4, 33.0, 29.6, 29.5. ¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 0.0 (s).HRMS (TOO-ESI⁺) calcd for [M, C₂₅H₃₅N₂ OP]⁺ 410.2487, found 410.2491.

Example 6-d1-(2′,6′-Dimethoxybiphenyl2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetrarnethylphosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone substituting(2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine (3.80 g, 15.4 mmol, 1 equiv) forbiarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents were scaled accordingly, andheating for 19 hours (2.81 g, 84 area % by HPLC, 65% yield). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δppm 7.83 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.29(m, 2H), 7.22 (ddd, J=7.5, 3.8, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (t, J=9.3 Hz, 24),3.69 (s, 6H), 2.91 (dd, J=13.1, 3.9 Hz, 2H), 2.29 (dt, J=21.8, 10.9 Hz,2H), 1.16 (s, 3H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 0.98 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 3H). ¹³C NMR(100 MHz, CDC1 ₃) δ ppm 211.7, 156.8 (d, J=2 Hz), 144.0 (d, J =38 Hz),135.8 (d, J=26 Hz), 132.7 (d, J=4 Hz), 131.6 (d, J=7 Hz), 128.8, 128.5,126.3, 119.8 (d, J=9 Hz), 103.0, 55.3, 53.7, 35.6, 35.6, 35.4, 35.4,32.6, 32.2, 29.5 (d, J=7 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −0.5 (s),LRMS (ESI⁺)found for [M+H, C₂₃H₃₀O₃P]⁺ 385.1.

Example 6-e 1-(2′,6′-Diisopropoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone substituting(2′,6′-diisopropoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine (3.93 g, 13.0 mmol, 1 equiv)for biarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents were scaled accordingly,and heating for 15 hours (2.81 g, 83 area % by HPLC, 49% yield). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.77 (dd, J=5.4, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.27 (m, 2H),7.22 (dd, J=7.3, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (ddd, J=7.4, 3.8, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 6.56(d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 4.42 (hept, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.95 (dd, J=13.3, 2.2 Hz,2H), 2.27 (dd, J=13.3, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 1.18 (dd, J=12.3, 8.6 Hz, 12H), 1.04(d, J=6.0 Hz, 6H), 0.99 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 6H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δppm −1.3(s). LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H, C₂₇H₃₈O₃P]⁺ 441.2.

Example 6-f1-(2′-(Dimethylamino)biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone in a nitrogen-atmosphereglovebox substituting N,N-dimethyl-2′-phosphinobiphenyl-2-amine (1.05 g,4.58 mmol, 1 equiv) for biarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and heating for 18.5 hours. (1.15 g, 68 area % byHPLC, 68% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.81 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),7.46 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.05-6.96 (m, 3H), 3.06 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (d, J=12.6 Hz, 1H), 2.48 (s, 6H), 2.44-2.32 (m, 1H),2,05 (ddd, J=12.6, 4.6, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 1.33-1.15 (m, 6H), 1.00 (d, J=17.8Hz, 3H), 0.56 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 3H). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 9.5 (s).LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H, C₂₃H₃₁NOP]⁺ 368.1.

Example 6-g 1-(Biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6tetramethylphosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone in a nitrogen-atmosphereglovebox substituting biphenyl-2-ylphosphine (2.73 g, 14.7 mmol, 1equiv) for biarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents were scaledaccordingly, and heating for 21 hours (3.05 g, >99 area % by HPLC, 64%yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.96-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.33 (m,6H), 7.33-7.24 (m, 2H), 3.07-2.86 (m, 2H), 2.32 (dd, J=13.0, 4.9 Hz,2H), 1.23 (s, 3H), 1.19 (s, 3H), 1.01 (s, 3H), 0.99 (5, 3H). ¹³C NMR(100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 211.0, 151.7 (d, J=35 Hz), 142.8 (d, J=8 Hz),134.0 (d, J=30 Hz), 133.0 (d, J=4 Hz), 130.9 (d, J=6 Hz), 130.3 (d, J=5Hz), 128.7, 127.1, 126.5, 126.4, 53.4 (d, J=1 Hz), 36.0 (d, J=21 Hz),32.2, 31.9, 30.1 (d, J=8 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm -3.9 (s).HRMS (TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M, C₂₁H₂₅OP]⁺ 324.1643, found 324.1638.

Example 6-h 1-(1,1′-Binaphthyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone in a nitrogen-atmosphereglovebox substituting 1,1′-binaphthyl-2-ylphosphine (1.73 g, 6.04 mmol,1 equiv) for biarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents were scaledaccordingly, and heating for 20 hours (1.71 g, 91 area % by HPLC, 67%yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.10 -7.86 (m, 5H), 7.66- 7.55 (m,1H), 7.48 (dddd, J=16.4, 8.1, 6.8, 1.2 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.31 (m, 1H),7.30-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.14 (t, J=9.3 Hz, 2H), 3.19-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.31(dddd, J=22.0, 13.0, 4.9, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 1.18-1.08 (m, 3H), 1.07 0.89 (m,9H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 211.1, 148.3 (d, J=37 Hz), 138.1 (d,J=10 Hz), 133.6 (d, 1-16 HZ), 133.4 (d, J=5 Hz), 133.1, 133.0 (d, J=2Hz), 133.0, 129.0 (d, J=4 Hz), 128.8 (d, J=3 Hz), 128.0, 127.6 -127.4(m), 127.3 (d, J=11 Hz), 126.7 (d, J=6 Hz), 126.2, 125.4 (d, J=6 Hz),124.5, 54.1, 53.4, 36.3 (d, J=22 Hz), 35.5 (d, J=22 Hz), 32.7 (d, J=36Hz), 31.9 (d, J=34 Hz), 30.7 (d, J=7 Hz), 30.0 (d, J=8 Hz). ³¹P NMR(CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −1.1 (s). LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H, C₂₉H₃₀OP]+425.2.

Example 6-i1-(2′-Methoxy-1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone in a nitrogen-atmosphereglovebox substituting (2′-methoxy-1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)phosphine (808mg, 2.55 mmol, 1 equiv) for biarylphosphine, wherein all other reagentswere scaled accordingly, and heating for 19.5 hours (1.07 g, 92 area %by HPLC, 92% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.11-7.81 (m, 5H),7.55-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.09 (m,2H), 6.94-6.84 (m, 1H), 3.76 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 3H), 3.09-2.94 (m, 2H),2.44-2.23 (m, 2H), 1.19-1.09 (m, 3H), 1.06 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 3H), 0.94-0.85(m, 6H), ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 211.5, 153.6, 145.1 (d, J=38Hz), 134.1 (d, J=28 Hz), 133.9 (d, J=2 Hz), 133.3, 133.2 (d, J=8 Hz),129.4, 129.3 (d, J=3 Hz), 128.3, 127.6, 127.4, 127.0 (d, J=3 Hz), 126.9,126.6, 126.1, 125.9, 125.6, 122.9, 122.3 (d, J=10 Hz), 112.2, 55.6,54.0, 53.7, 35.7 (d, J=23 Hz), 35.4 (d, J=22 Hz), 32.9 (d, J=37 Hz),32.5 (d, J=36 Hz), 30.4 (d, J=7 Hz), 29.8 (d, J=7 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃,202 MHz) δ ppm −1.3 (s). LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H, C₃₀H₃₂O₂P]⁺ 455.2.

Example 6-j2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl-1-(2-(naphthalen-1-yl)phenyl)phosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone in a nitrogen-atmosphereglovebox substituting (2-(naphthalen-1-yl)phenyl)phosphine (1.07 g, 4.52mmol, 1 equiv) for biarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and heating for 18 hours (1.44 g, 87 area % by HPLC,85% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6 8.04-7.96 (m, 1H), 7.96-7.87 (m,2H), 7.61-7.47 (m, 4H), 7.44-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.35- 7.27 (m, 1H), 2.99(ddd, J=13.0, 11.3, 3.1 Hz, 2H), 2.43-2.20 (m, 2H), 1.18-0.96 (m, 12H).¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 211.0, 149.5 (d, J=37 Hz), 140.5 (d, J=9Hz), 135.9 (d, J=29 Hz), 133.3-132.8 (m), 132.4 (d, J=2 Hz), 131.5 (d,J=6 Hz), 128.8, 127.9, 127.8 (d, J=3 Hz), 127.2, 127.0, 126.6, 125.3,125.2, 124.4, 54.0 (d, J=1 Hz), 52.9 (d, J=1 Hz), 36.2 (d, J=22 Hz),35.4 (d, J=22 Hz), 32.5 (d, J=35 Hz), 31.5 (d, J=33 Hz), 30.4 (d, J=7Hz), 30.0 (d, J=8 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −4.9 (s). LRMS(ESI⁺) found for [M+H, C₂₅H₂₈OP]⁺ 375.2.

Example 6-k2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl1-(2-(naphthalen-2-yl)phenyl)phosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone in a nitrogen-atmosphereglovebox substituting (2-(naphthalen-2-yl)phenyl)phosphine (1.41 g, 5.98mmol, 1 equiv) for biarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and heating for 18 hours (1.74 g, 99 area % by HPLC,78% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.99-7.80 (m, 4H), 7.68 (s,1H), 7.58-7.37 (m, 6H), 3.07-2.84 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.22 (m, 2H), 1.18 (s,3H), 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.02 (s, 3H), 0.99 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 210.9, 151.6 (d, J=34 Hz), 140.6 (d, J=8 Hz), 134.2(d, J=30 Hz), 133.0 (d, J=4 Hz), 132.7, 131.9, 131.2 (d, J=6 Hz), 129.3(d, J=6 Hz), 128.8, 128.6 (d, J=3 Hz), 127.7, 127.5, 126.7, 126.2,125.8, 125.5, 53.5, 36.2, 36.0, 32.1, 31.8, 30.2, 30.1. ³¹P NMR CDCl₃,202 MHz) δ ppm -6.8 (s).

Example 6-l 2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl-1-(1′, 3′,5′-triphenyl-1′H-1,4′-bipyrazol-5-yl)phosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone substituting1′,3′,5′-triphenyl-5-phosphino-1′H-1,4′-bipyrazol (2.36 g, 5.98 mmol, 1equiv) for biarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents were scaledaccordingly, and heating for 21.5 hours (1.64 g, 80 area % by HPLC, 52%yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.20 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.76-7.61(m, 4H), 7.61-7.28 (m, 13H), 6.80 (t, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.75 (m, 2H),2.27-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.12 (dd, J=18.5 Hz, 61-1), 0.30 (d, J=12.1 Hz, 3H),0.01 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 210.3, 149.2,141.9, 141.7, 141.0 (d, J=2 Hz), 140.3 (d, J=2 Hz), 139.6, 131.3, 129.4,128.6, 128.5, 128.1, 128.1, 128.1, 128.0, 127.3, 127.2, 125.1, 120.4,111.9 (d, J =5 Hz), 52.7-52.4 (m), 35.5 (d, J=3 Hz), 35.3 (d, J=4 Hz),30.0 (d, J=7 Hz), 29.6 (d, J=7 Hz), 29.4 (d, J=9 Hz), 28.3 (d, J=9 Hz).³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm -21.6 (s). LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H,C₃₃H₃₄N₄OP]⁺ 533.2.

Example 6-m2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl-1-(1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone in a nitrogen-atmosphereglovebox substituting 1-phenyl-5-phosphino-1H-pyrazole (1.45 g, 8.23mmol, 1 equiv) for biarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and heating for 18 hours (1.08 g, 67 area % by HPLC,42% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.81 (t, J=3.3 Hz, 1H),7.49-7.38 (m, 5H), 6.87-6.71 (m, 1H), 3.02-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.25 (dd,J=12.7, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 1.24 (s, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 3H), 0.93 (s,3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 210.0, 139.7 (d, J=2 Hz), 138.5 (d,J=28 Hz), 128.3, 128.2, 127.7 (d, J=5 Hz), 112.0 (d, J=5 Hz), 52.7,52.6, 36.1, 35.9, 30.3, 30.2, 30.2, 29.9. ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm−22.0 (s). LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H, C₁₈H₂₄N₂OP]⁺ 315.1.

Example 6-n1-(2-(1H-Pyrrol-1yl)phenyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone in a nitrogen-atmosphereglovebox substituting 1-(2-phosphinophenyl)-1H-pyrrole (2.00 g, 11.4mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryiphosphine, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and heating for 19 hours (1.65 g, 85 area % by HPLC,46% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.96-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.41(m, 2H), 7.41-7.33 (m, 1H), 6.86-6.73 (m, 2H), 6.37-6.23 (m, 2H), 2.91(dd, J=13.0, 3.3 Hz, 2H), 2.41-2.26 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H),0.98 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 3H), ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 210.5, 148.4(d, J=28 Hz), 134.2 (d, J=34 Hz), 133.4 (d, J=4 Hz), 129.9, 128.4 (d,J=3 Hz), 127.4, 123.3 (d, J=3 Hz), 108.4, 53.2, 35.7, 35.5, 32.2, 31.8,30.0, 29.9. ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −5.4 (s), LRMS (ESI⁺) foundfor [M+H, C₁₉H₂₅NOP]⁺ 314.1.

Example 6-o1-(3,6-Dimetoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone in a nitrogen-atmosphereglovebox substituting (3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine (1.58 g,6.42 mmol, 1 equiv) for biarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and heating for 18 hours (1.84 g, 87 area % by HPLC,75% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.44-7.27 (m, 3H), 7.11-7.03(m, 2H), 7.00 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (dd, J=10.2, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s,3H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.13 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 2H), 2.15 (dd, J=12.6, 5.3 Hz,2H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.07 (s, 3H), 0.95 (s, 3H), 0.93 (s, 3H). ¹³C NMR(100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 214.0, 154.2 (d, J=3 Hz), 151.4 (d, J=11 Hz),142.9 (d, J=42 Hz), 139.2 (d, J=12 Hz), 130.5 (d, J=5 Hz), 126.9, 126.0,121.6 (d, J=44 Hz), 113.3, 108.5, 56.5, 54.6, 54.6, 54.1, 35.8, 35.5,34.1, 33.6, 30.4, 30.3. ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 0.1 (s). HRMS(TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M, C₂₃H₂₉O₃P]⁺ 384.1854, found 384.1860.

Example 6-p1-(3,6-Dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′-trimethytbiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone substituting(3,6-dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′-trimethylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine (2.08 g, 7.23mmol, 1equiv) for biarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and heating for 19 hours (1.65 g, 88 area % by HPLC,46% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.03-6.95 (m, 1H), 6.85 (dd,J=12.9, 9.0 Hz, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 2.98 (dd, J=14.3, 4.3Hz, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.31-2.21 (m, 2H), 1.95 (s, 6H), 1.17-1.11 (m,3H), 1.08 (5, 3H), 0.99 (s, 3H), 0.97 (s, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃)δ ppm 213.4, 154.5, 151.4 (d, J=12 Hz), 140.7 (d, J=41 Hz), 135.7, 135.4(d, J=3 Hz), 134.5 (d, J=10 Hz), 127.2, 124.2 (d, J=43 Hz), 113.1,108.5, 56.3, 54.3, 54.3, 54.2, 35.0, 34.5, 34.5, 34.2, 29.0 (d, J=3 Hz),21.6, 21.4, 21.3. NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δppm 6.8 (s). HRMS (TOF-ESI⁺)calcd for [M, C₂₆H₃₅O₃P]⁺ 426.2324, found 426,2327.

Example 6-q2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone substituting(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine (1.80 g,4.83 mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryiphosphine, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and heating for 19 hours followed by purificationvia silica gel column chromatography (80-g column: gradient: 2 columnvolumes heptane, ramp up to 80:20 heptane:ethyl acetate over 8 columnvolumes, hold at 80:20 for 4 column volumes) (1.63 g, 93 area % by HPLC,66% yield). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ ppm 7.00 (s, 2H), 6.98-6.86 (m,2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.08 (dd, J=12.8, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 2.98(hept, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.48 (hept, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.21 (dd, J=12.8, 5.0 Hz,1H), 1.35 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.25 (dd, J=6.8 Hz, 6H), 1.16 (dd, J=22.8Hz, 3H), 1.02-0.94 (m, 12H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 213.8, 154.1(d, J=2 Hz), 152.2 (d, J=12 Hz), 146.9, 145.6 (d, J=2Hz), 140.5 (d, J=421Hz) 132.0 (d, J=10 Hz), 125.4 (d, J=44 Hz), 119.8, 111.4, 107.9, 55.3(d, J=4 Hz), 54.6, 54.2, 36.4, 36.1, 34.9, 34.4, 34.1, 30.9, 29.4 (d, =3Hz), 25.5, 24.3, 23.9, ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 6.2 (br s). HRMS(TCO-ESI⁺) calcd for [M, C₃₂H₄₇O₃P]+ 510.3263, found 510.3267.

Example 6-r2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-4,5-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone substituting(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-4,5-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine (600 mg,1.61 mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryiphosphine, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and heating for 16 hours. The product was slurriedin a mixture of heptane and collected by filtration (581 mg, 97% pure by¹H NMR, 71% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.29 (d, J=1.0 Hz,1H), 7.02 (s, 2H), 6.72 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 3H), 3.84(d, J=8.4 Hz, 3H), 3.01-2.85 (m, 3H), 2.65-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.34 (dt,J=14.6, 5.2 Hz, 2H), 1.32 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.26-1.21 (m, 9H), 1.18 (s,3H), 1.05-0.99 (m, 12H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 211.0, 148.6 (d,J=1 Hz), 147.4, 146.4, 145.8, 143.0 (d, J=39 Hz), 135.9 (d, J=6 Hz),126.0 (d, J =29 Hz), 120.3, 115.9 (d, J=3 Hz), 115.3 (d, J=8 Hz), 56.1,55.8, 53.9 (d, J=1 Hz), 36.3, 36.0, 34.2, 32.9, 32.5, 30.7, 30.2 (d, J=6Hz), 26.7, 24.3, 23.3. ¹³P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −0.9 (s). LRMS(ESI⁺) found for [M+H, C₃₂H₄₈O₃P]⁺ 511.2.

Example 6-s1-(3′,5′-Dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone in a nitrogen-atmosphereglovebox substituting (3′,5′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine (1.30 g,5.28 mmol, 1 equiv) for biarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and heating for 18 hours (1.33 g, area % by HPLC,66% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.87 (dt, J=6.2, 1.8 Hz, 1H),7.46-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.30 (m, 1H), 6.46 (t, J=2.3 , 1H), 6.39 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 2H), 3.81 (s, 6H), 2.94 (dd, J=13.0, 3.3 Hz, 2H), 2.30 (dd,J=13.0, 4.9 Hz, 2H), 1.22 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 3H), 0,99 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s,3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 211.0, 159.3, 151.6 (d, J=36 Hz),144.8 (d, J=8Hz), 134.0 (d, J=30 Hz), 132.9 (d, J=4 Hz), 130.4 (d, J=6Hz), 128.7, 126.6, 108.8 (d, J=4 Hz), 98.6, 55.4, 53.5, 36.1, 35.9,32.3, 31.9, 30.2 (d, J=7 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −3.7 (s).HRMS (TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M, C₂₃H₂₉O₃P]⁺ 384.1854, found 384,18604.

Example 6-t1-(4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the double conjugate addition to phorone in a nitrogen-atmosphereglovebox substituting (4′-tert-butylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine (1.24 g,5.10 mmol, 1 equiv) for biarylphosphine, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and heating for 17 hours followed by purificationvia silica gel column chromatography (80-g column; gradient: 2 columnvolumes heptane, ramp up to 85:15 heptane:ethyl acetate over 8 columnvolumes, hold at 85:15 for 2 column volumes) to afford the air-stableproduct as a white powder (1.53 g, 74 area % by HPLC, 79% yield). ¹H NMR(400 , CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.87 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.36 (m, 4H), 7.36- b7.30 (m, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 2.95 (dd, J=12.9, 2.7 Hz, 2H),2.28 (dd, J=13.0, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 1.39 (s, 8H), 1.22 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 3H),0.96 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 211.3, 151.7 (d,J=34 Hz), 148.8, 139.6 (d, J=8 Hz), 134.1 (d, J=30 Hz), 132.9 (d, J=4Hz), 131.2 (d J=6 Hz), 130.1 (d, J=5 Hz), 128.7, 126.3, 124.0, 53.4,36.2, 35.9, 34.7, 32.3, 31.9, 31.7, 30.2 (d, J=8 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃,202 MHz) δ −4.3 (br s). HRMS (TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M, C₂₅H₃₃OP]⁺380.2269, found 380.2282.

Example 7 General Procedure for the Phosphorinone Ketalization

To a round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar was added thebiaryl phosphorinone (1 equiv) and p-toluenesulfonic acid (0.1 equiv).The flask was purged with nitrogen for 15 minutes, and then anhydrousnitrogen-sparged toluene was added (0.1 M in the phosphorinone),followed by ethylene glycol (10 equiv). The reaction flask was fittedwith a Dean-Stark trap and heated to reflux under a N₂ atmosphere. Thedistilled toluene and water were collected in the Dean-Stark trap.Reaction conversion was determined by reverse phase HPLC. Uponcompletion of the reaction, the solution was cooled to room temperatureand quenched with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate. The phases werepartitioned, and the organic layer was collected. The aqueous layer wasthen washed with ethyl acetate (3x), and the combined organic fractionswere washed once with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, andconcentrated on a rotary evaporator. The resulting crude material wasthen crystallized from a saturated ethanol solution. The crystallinematerial was isolated by filtration, washed with ice-cold ethanol, anddried under vacuum at room temperature.

Example 7-a Alternative Preparation of 7,7,9,9-Tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2 -yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane(Example 1-d)

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one (2.79 g, 6.19 mmol, 1 equiv)for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all other reagents were scaledaccordingly, and refluxing for 3 hours, followed by purification viacrystallization from a saturated ethanol solution (3.06 g, 95 area % byHPLC, >99% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.79-7.71 (m, 1H),7.35-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.12 (m, 1H), 7.00 (s, 2H), 4.09-3.99 (m, 2H),3.99-3.90 (m, 2H), 2.94 (hept, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.49 (hept, J=6.7 Hz, 2H),2.15 (d, J=14.3 Hz, 2H), 1.67 (dd, J =14.3, 5.7 Hz, 2H), 1.36-1.29 (m,9H), 1.28-1.19 (m, 9H), 0.95 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 6H), 0.87 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 6H).¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 148.8 (d, J=36 Hz), 147.0, 145.5, 136.7(d, J=16 Hz), 136.5 (d, J=9 Hz), 133.8 (d, J=3 Hz), 132.3 (d, J=7 Hz),127.6, 125.8, 120.2, 110.6, 64.9, 63.1, 44.9 (d, J=3 Hz), 34.2, 32.6,32,3 (d, J=6 Hz), 32.1, 31.3 (d, J=7 Hz), 30.6, 26,3, 24.3, 23.4. ³¹PNMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm -9.4 (s). LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H,C₃₂H₄₅O₂P]⁺ 495.3.

Example 7-b6-Methoxy-N,N-dimethyl-2-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro1-[4.5]decane-8-yl)biphenyl-2-amine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting1-(2′-(dimethylamino)-6′-methoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one (1.48 g, 3.72 mmol, 1 equiv) forbiaryl phosphorinone, wherein all other reagents were scaledaccordingly, and refluxing for 5.5 hours, followed by purification viacrystallization from a saturated methanol solution (1.24 g, 97 area % byHPLC, 76% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.68- b 7.58 (m, 1H),7.34-7.08 (m, 4H), 6.60 (dt, J=5.4, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (dd, J=8.3, 0.8Hz, 1H), 3.98-3.76 (m, 4H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 6H), 2.13 (d, 1=14.4Hz, 1H), 1.84 (dd, J=14.2, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 1.74-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.49-1.38 (m,1 H), 1.20 (t, J=12.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (t, J=14.9 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J=9.5Hz, 3H), 0.43 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 157.0,152.3 (d, J=3.0 Hz), 145.2 (d, J=35.4 Hz), 136.9 (d, J=28.6 Hz), 133.5(d, J=4.3 Hz), 132.9 (d, J=6.6 Hz), 127.8 (d, J=41.7 Hz), 125.5, 124.6(d, J=7.4 Hz), 111.2, 110.4, 104.0, 64.8, 63.0, 55.2, 45.8 (d, J=2.8Hz), 43.6, 43.5 (d, J=2.4 Hz), 33.2 (d, J=39,4 Hz), 31.7 (d, 37.1 Hz),31.2 (d, J=19.6 Hz), 31.0 (d, J=13.9 Hz), 30.9, 29.8 (d, J=7.2 Hz), ³¹PNMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ −5.6 (s). LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H,C₂₆H₃₇NO₃P]⁺ 442.2.

Example 7-c N², N², N⁶,N⁶-Tetramethyl-2′-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4′-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)biphenyl-2,6-diamine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting1-(2′,6′-bis(dimethylamino)biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one (2.72 g, 6.63 mmol, 1 equiv) forbiaryl phosphorinone, wherein all other reagents were sealedaccordingly, and refluxing for 3 hours, followed by purification viacrystallization from a saturated ethanol solution (2.37 g, 89 area % byHPLC, 79% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.72 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),7.40-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.21 (m, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.05-3.98(m, 2H), 3.96-3.90 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 12H), 2.11 (d, J=14.5 Hz, 2H), 1.69(dd, J=14.2, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 1.26 (s, 3H), 1.21 (s, 3H), 0.87 (s, 3H), 0.84(s, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 153.1, 147.1 (d, J=36 Hz), 136.7 (d,1=29 Hz), 134.0 (d, 1=4 Hz), 133.3 (d, J=7 Hz), 128.1, 126.9, 125.3,114.4, 110.9, 64.8, 63.0, 45.6, 45.3 (d, J=3 Hz), 33.2, 32.8, 31.5,31.3, 30.6 (d, 1 7Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDC1₃, 202 MHz) δ -6.0 (s). HRMS(TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M, C₂₇H₃₉N₂O₂P]⁺ 454.2749, found 454.2753.

Example 7-d 8-(2′, 6′-Dimethoxybiphenyl-2yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting1-(2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one(4.22 g, 11.0 mmol, 1 equiv) for biarylphosphorinone, wherein all otherreagents were scaled accordingly, and refluxing for 3 hours, followed bypurification via silica gel column chromatography (330-g column;gradient: 1.5 column volumes heptane, ramp up to 78:22 heptane:ethylacetate over 8.5 column volumes, hold at 78:22 over 6 column volumes)(3.92 g, 92 area % by HPLC, 83% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm7.88-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.50- 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.24-7.12 (m, 1H), 6.61 (dd,J=15.2, 8.3 Hz, 2H), 4.07-4.00 (m, 2H), 3.96 (ddd, J=13.1, 8.7, 3.7 Hz,2H), 3.72 (s, 6H), 2.11 (dd, J=14.2, 3.1 Hz, 2H), 1.71 (dd, J=14.3, 5.5Hz, 2H), 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.22 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 3H), 0.91 (s, 3H), 0.89 (s,3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 156.8 (d, J=1.8 Hz), 143.6 (d,J=37.3 Hz), 137.0, 133.2 (d, J=4.3 Hz), 131.1 (d, J=6.8 Hz), 128.3,128.2, 126.0, 120.3, 116.5 (m), 111.0, 102.9, 64.7, 63.2, 55.3, 44.9,32.6, 32.2, 31.4, 31.2, 30.6, 30.6, ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −5.6(s). LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H, C₂₅H₃₄O₄P]⁺ 429.2.

Example 7-e8-(2′,6′-Diisopropoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting1-(2′,6′-diisopropoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one(2.77 g, 6.29 mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all otherreagents were scaled accordingly, and refluxing for 3 hours (2.60 g, >99area % by HPLC, 85% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.78-7.64 (m,1H), 7.36-7.17 (m, 3H), 7.10-7.01 (m, 1H), 6.63-6.51 (m, 2H), 4.53-4.36(m, 2H), 4.10-4.01 (m, 2H), 4.01 -3.92 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.70(dd, J=14.3, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 1.32 (s, 3H), 1.28 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (s,3H), 1.22 (s, 3H), 1.07 (d, J=3.4 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (s, 3H), 0.93 (s, 3H),0.90 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 155.7, 144.7 (d,J=37 Hz), 137.3 (d, J=26 Hz), 132.7 (d, J=4 Hz), 131.3 (d, J=7 Hz),127.6 (d, J=24 Hz), 125.3, 123.8, 111.2, 105.8, 70.3, 64.8, 63.0, 44.7(d, J=3 Hz), 32.6, 32.3, 31.4 (d, =8 Hz), 31.2 (d, J=19 Hz), 22.5, 22.4.³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −6.7 (s). LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H,C₂₉H₄₂O₄P]⁺ 485.2.

Example 7-fN,N-Dimethyl-2′(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)biphenyl-2-amine

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting1-(2′-(dimethylamino)biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one(1.13 g, 3.07 mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all otherreagents were scaled accordingly, and refluxing for 5 hours (1.02 g, 98area % by HPLC, 81% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.73 (dd,J=6.8, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (ddd, J=8.1, 2.1, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.23 (m,3H), 7.01 (td, J=8.2, 2.6 Hz, 3H), 4.14-3.88 (m, 4H), 2.51 (s. 6H). 2.27(d, J=14.5 Hz, 1H), 1.92 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 1.81 (ddd, J =14.5, 5.3,1.5 Hz, 1H), 1.52 (ddd, J=14.2, 5.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 1.36 (d, J=19.9 Hz,3H), 1.17 (d, J=18.9 Hz, 3H), 1.11 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 3H), 0.51 (d, J=9.8 Hz,3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 151.0 (d, J=3.0 Hz), 150.1 (d, J=36Hz), 136.6 (d, J=23 Hz), 136.5, 133.3 (d, J=5 Hz), 131.9, 130.7 (d, J=7Hz), 128.6, 127.6, 125.7, 120.7, 117.2, 111.0, 6.4.8, 63.0, 45.9 (d, J=3Hz), 43.3, 43.2 (d, J=3 Hz), 33.3, 32.9, 31.9 (d, J=20 Hz), 31.7, 31.3(d, J=3 Hz), 31.3, 30.9 (d, J=22 Hz), 30.0 (d, J=7 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃,202 MHz) δ ppm −3.8 (s). LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H, C₂₅H₃₅NO₂P]⁺ 412.2.

Example 7-g 8-(Biphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting1-(biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan -4-one (2.00 g, 6.17mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and refluxing for 4 hours (1.81 g, >99 area % byHPLC, 80% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz. CDCl₃) δ 7.80 (dd, J=5.3, 3.8 Hz,1H), 7.51- 7.21 (m, 8H), 4.14-4.01 (m, 2H), 4.01-3.87 (m, 2H), 2.13 (dt,J=14.2, 4.0 Hz, 2H), 1.70 (dd, J=14.3, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 1.33 (s, 3H), 1.28(d, J=5.6 Hz, 3H), 0.91 (s, 3H), 0.88 (s, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 151.3 (d, J=34 Hz), 143.2 (d, J=8 Hz), 135.3, 133.6 (d, J=4 Hz), 130.5(d, J=6 Hz, 130.3 (d, J=4 Hz), 128.1, 127.0, 126.1, 110.9, 64.8, 63.2,44.5 (d, J=2 Hz), 32.2, 31.9, 31.7, 31.5, 31.3, 31.2, ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃,202 MHz) δ ppm −8.8 (s). LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H, C₂₃H₃₀O₂P]⁺ 369.1.

Example 7-h8-(1.1′-Binaphthyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting1-(1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one (1.66 g,3.91 mmol, 1 equip) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all other reagentswere scaled accordingly, and refluxing for 5 hours (1.60 g, >99 area %by HPLC, 87% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.98-7.88 (m, 3H),7.85 (dd, J=8.3, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (dt, J=11.0, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (dddd,J=8.1, 6.9, 5.8, 1.2 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (dd, J=7.0, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (dddd,J=22.1, 20.7, 10.3, 4.6 Hz, 3H), 7.05 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.03-3.87 (m,4H), 2.20 (ddd, J=25.6, 14.2, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 1.81-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.28-1.13(m, 3H), 1.02 (d, J=19.6 Hz, 3H), 0.89 dd, J=19.9, 10.0 Hz, 6H), ¹³C NMR(100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 147.6 (d, J=37 Hz), 138.6 (d, J=10 Hz), 134.9 (d,J=29 Hz), 133.4 (d J=7 Hz), 133.1 (d, J=2 Hz), 132.9, 129.6 (d, J=4 Hz),129.0 (d, J=4 Hz), 127.9, 127.4 (d, J=3 Hz), 127.3, 127.2, 127.0, 126.6,126.2, 125.8, 125.3, 125.2, 124.5, 110.9, 64.8, 63.2, 45.1, 44.5, 32.7,32.3, 32.2, 32.0, 31.9, 31.8, 31.2, 31.1, 31.0. ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz)δ ppm −8.8 (s). LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H, C₃₁H₃₄O₂P]⁺ 469.2.

Example 7-i8-(2′-Methoxy-1,1′-binaphthyl-2yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting1-(2′-methoxy-1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6tetramethylphosphinan-4-one(955 mg, 2.19 mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all otherreagents were scaled accordingly, and refluxing for 5 hours (910 mg, 95area % by HPLC, 83% yield), ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.10-7.99 (m,1H), 7.99-7.91 (m, 1H), 7.91-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.26(m, 2H), 7.26-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.07 (m, 2H), 6.95-6.86 (m, 1H),4.10-3.91 (m, 4H), 3.79 (s. 3H), 2.34-2.16 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.64 (m, 2H),1.35-1.19 (m, 31H), 1.10-0.94 (m, 6H), 0.81 (dd, J=12.4, 7.2 Hz, 3H).¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 153.6, 144,3 (d, J=37 Hz), 135.5 (d, J=28Hz), 133.9, 133.2, 133.1, 130.0 (d, J=3 Hz), 129.1, 128.3, 127.4 (d,J=12 Hz), 126.9 (d, J=2 Hz), 126.4, 126.2, 126.1, 125.8, 125.3, 122.8,122.7 (d, J=10 Hz), 112.2, 111.0, 64.8, 63.2, 55.6, 45.2, 44.9, 33.0,32.6, 32.2, 31.7, 31.5 (dd, J=7,4 Hz), 31.3, 30.8 (d, J=7 Hz). ³¹P NMR(CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −6.5 (s). LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H, C₃₂H₃₆O₃P]⁺499.2.

Example 7-j7,7,9,9-Tetramethyl-8-(4-methyl-2-(naphthalen-1-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2-(naphthalen-1-yl)phenyl)phosphinan-4-one (1.39g, 3.71 mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all otherreagents were scaled accordingly, and refluxing for 4 hours (1.43 g, 88area % by HPLC, 92% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.98-7.83 (m,3H), 7.58-7.24 (m, 8H), 4.10-3.91 (m, 4H), 2.31-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.58(m, 2H), 1.24 (d, J=18.8 Hz, 3H), 1.09 (d, J=19.2 Hz, 3H), 0.94 (dd,J=11.2, 10.4 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 149.1 (d, J=36 Hz),141.0 (d, J=8 Hz), 136.9 (d, J=30 Hz), 133.5 (d, 4 Hz), 132.9, 132.4,131.2 (d, J=6 Hz), 128.1, 127.8, 127.8, 127.0, 126.9, 126.6, 125.1 (d,J=11 Hz), 124.3, 110.8, 64.8, 63.1, 45.0 (d, J=2 Hz), 44.1 (d, J=2 Hz),32.4, 32.0, 31.9, 31.8, 31.7, 31.6, 31.5, 31.5, 31.2, 31.1, 31.0. ³¹PNMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm −9.8 (s).

Example 7-k7,7,9,9-Tetramethyl-8-(2-(naphthalen-2-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2-(naphthalen-2-yl)phenyl)phosphinan-4-one (1.71g, 4.56 mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all otherreagents were scaled accordingly, and refluxing for 15 hours (1.69 g, 99area % by HPLC, 89% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.93-7.76 (m,4H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.54-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.42-7.29 (m, 3H), 4.06-3.97 (m,2H), 3.96-3.89 (m, 2H), 2.11 (dd, 1=14.3, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 1.67 (dd, 1=14.3,5.6 Hz, 2H), 1.26 (d, 1=4.8 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H), 0.92 (s, 3H), 0.89(s, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 151.2 (d, J=34 Hz), 141.1 (d, J=8Hz), 135.2 (d, J=31 Hz), 133.6 (d, J=4 Hz), 132.7, 131.8, 130.8 (d, J=6Hz), 129.5 (d, J =6 Hz), 128.5 (d, J=3 Hz), 128.2, 127.6, 127.5, 126.3,126.0, 125.6, 125.3, 110.8, 64.8, 63.2, 44.5 (d, J=2 Hz), 32.2, 31.8,31.8, 31.6, 31.3, 31.3. ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm -11.6 (s). HRMS(TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M, C₂₇H₃₁O₂P]⁺ 418.2062, found 418.2068.

Example 7-l1′,3′,5′-Triphenyl-5-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)-1′H-1.4′-bipyrazole

The titled compound prepared as described in the general procedure forthe phosphorinone ketalization substituting 2,2,6,6-tetramethy-1-(1′,3′, 5′-triphenyl-1′H-1,4′-bipyrazol-5-yl)phosphinan-4-one (1.57 g, 2.95mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all other reagents werescaled accordingly, and refluxing for 4 hours (1.38 g, 95 area % byHPLC, 81% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.91 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H),7.52-7.43 (m, 4H), 7.40-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.20 (m, 5H), 7.20-7.11 (m,3H), 6.48 (d, J =2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.95 - 3.78 (m, 4H), 1.72 (t, J=14.3 Hz,2H), 1.50 - 1.31 (m, 2H), 1.02 (dd, J=21.1, 19.0 Hz, 6H), −0.01 (d,J=12.0 Hz, 3H), −0.30 (d, J=11.9 Hz, 3H). ¹³ C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δppm 149.9, 143.2 (d, J=27 Hz), 141.6, 140.5, 140.3, 131.9, 129.9, 129.0,128.9, 128.7, 128.5, 128.4, 128.3, 128.3, 127.7, 127.6, 125.5, 121.1,112.6 (d, J=5 Hz), 110.5, 64.7, 62.9, 43.6 (d, J=3.6 Hz), 30.6, 30.5,30.1, 30.0, 29.5 (d, J=3 Hz), 29.2 (d, J=3 Hz), 29.0, 28.9. ³¹P NMR(CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm -16.0 (s). LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H, C₃₅H₃₈N₄O₂P]⁺ 577.2.

Example 7-m1-Phenyl-5-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)-1H-pyrazole

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phosphinan-4-one (1.04g, 3.30 mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all otherreagents were scaled accordingly, and refluxing for 15 hours (659 mg, 94area % by HPLC, 56% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.75 (t, J=3.2Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.39 (m, 5H), 6.71 (dd, J=5.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 4.09-4.01 (m,2H), 3.99-3.92 (m, 2H), 2.04 (dd, J=14.6, 5.1 Hz, 2H), 1.75-1.62 (m,2H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.33 (s, 3H), 0.88 (s, 3H), 0.85 (s, 3H). ¹³C NMR(100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 140.1 (d, J=126 Hz), 139.3 (d, J=2 Hz), 128.1,127.9, 127.8, 127.7, 112.5 (d, J=5 Hz), 110.3, 64.9, 63.1, 43.7 (d, J=4Hz), 31.6, 31.4, 31.3, 31.2, 30.1, 29.7. ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm-26.2 (s), HRMS (TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M, C₂₀H₂₇N₂O₂P]⁺ 358.1810, found358.1814.

Example 7-n1-(2-(7,7,9,9-Tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane-8-yl)phenyl)-1H-pyrrole

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting1-(2(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one (1.32 g,4.21 mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all other reagentswere scaled accordingly, and refluxing for 3 hours, followed bypurification via silica gel column chromatography (40-g column;gradient: 1.5 column volumes heptane, ramp up to 85:15 heptane:ethylacetate over 7 column volumes, hold at 85:15 for 3 column volumes) (572mg, 98 area % by HPLC, 38% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.67(dd, J=5.2, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.21 (dddd, J=7.5, 5.7, 4.0,2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (dd, J=3.8, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 6.21 (t, J=2.1 Hz, 2H),3.99-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.77 (m, 2H), 1.96 (dt, J=9.7, 4.9 Hz, 2H), 1.61(dd, J=14.4, 5.7 Hz, 2H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 0.78 (s, 3H), 0.75(s, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 148.1 (d, J=28 Hz), 135.3 (d, J=35Hz), 133.9 (d, J=4 Hz), 129.2, 128.0 (d, J=3 Hz), 127.0, 123.3 (d, J=3Hz), 110.7, 108.1, 64.8, 63.2, 44.3 (d, J=2 Hz), 32.2, 31.8, 31.3, 31.1,31.1, 31.0. ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm -13.3 (s), LRMS (ESI⁺) foundfor [M+H,C₂₁H₂₉NO₂P]⁺ 358.1.

Example 7-o8-(3,6-Dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting1-(3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one (1.80g, 4.67 mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all otherreagents were scaled accordingly, and refluxing for 5 hours, followed bypurification via silica gel column chromatography (80-g column;gradient: 1.5 column volumes heptane, ramp up to 80:20 heptane:ethylacetate over 8.5 column volumes, hold at 80:20 over 6 column volumes)(1.27 mg, 88 area % by HPLC, 63% yield). ¹³H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm7.37(ddd, J=7.4, 4.4, 1.3 Hz, 2H), 7.33-7.27 (m, 1H), 7,08-7.02 (m, 2H),6.97-6.90 (m, 1H), 6.79 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (dd, J=9.8, 3.6 Hz, 2H),3.88 (dd, J=9.6, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 2.21 (d,J=13.3 Hz, 2H), 1.55 (dd, J=13.3, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 1.22 (s, 3H), 1.16 (s,3H), 0.82 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 154.5 (d,J=3 Hz), 151.1 (d, J=11 Hz), 142.7 (d, J=41 Hz), 139.6 (d, J=12 Hz),130.6 (d, J=5 Hz), 126.8, 126.2 (d, J=45 Hz), 125.8, 112.8, 112.1,107.8, 64.7, 62.9, 56.5, 54.2, 45.6 (d, J=4 Hz), 33.9, 33.4, 31.7, 31.6(d, J=1 Hz), 31.4. ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm -5,6 (s), HRMS(TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M, C₂₅H₃₃O₄P]⁺ 428.2117, found 428.2122.

Example 7-p8-(3,6-Dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′-trimethylbiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting 1-(3,6-dimethoxy-2′, 4′,6′-trimethylbiphenyl-2-yl) -2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one (1.39 g,3.25 mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all other reagentswere scaled accordingly, and refluxing for ˜14,5 hours, followed bypurification via silica gel column chromatography (80-g column;gradient: 1.5 column volumes heptane, ramp up to 80:20 heptane:ethylacetate over 8.5 column volumes, hold at 80:20 over 4 column volumes)(644 mg, >99 area % by HPLC, 42% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm6.93 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (s, 2H), 6.79 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.95(m, 2H), 3.93-3.86 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H),2.21 (d, J=13.5 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (s, 6H), 1.57 (dd, J=13.3, 6.4 Hz, 2H),1.24 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 0.86 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz,CDCl₃) δ ppm 154.7, 151.3 (d, J=11 Hz), 140.7 (d, J=41 Hz), 135.4, 135.4(d, J=1 Hz), 134.8 (d, J=10 Hz), 127.1, 126.0 (d, J=45 Hz), 112.5,111.8, 107.7, 77.3, 77.0, 76.7, 64.6, 62.9, 56.3, 54,1, 46.2 (d, J=4Hz), 34.5, 34.1, 32.1, 31.9, 30.8 (d, J=4 Hz), 21.6, 21.4 (d, J=3 Hz).³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 0.1 (s). HRMS (TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M,C₂₈H₃₉O₄P]⁺ 470.2586, found 470,2590.

Example 7-q 7,7,9,9-Tetramethyl-8-(2′, 4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one(1.10 g, 2.15 mmol, l equiv) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all otherreagents were scaled accordingly, and refluxing for ˜15.6 hours,followed by purification via silica gel column chromatography (80-gcolumn; gradient: 2 column volumes heptane, ramp up to 80:20heptane:ethyl acetate over 8 column volumes, hold at 80:20 over 6 columnvolumes) (1.08 g, 94 area % by HPLC, 90% yield). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400MHz), δ ppm 6.99 (s, 2H), 6.91-6.77 (m, 2 H), 4.02 (dd, J=9.6, 3.4 Hz,2H), 3.92 (dd, J=9.6, 3.5 Hz, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 2.98(hept, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.51 (hept, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.21 (d, J=13.2 Hz,2H), 1.59 (dd, J=13.2, 6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.35 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (dd,J=15.1, 8.3 Hz, 6H), 0.96 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 6H), 0.88 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 6H). ¹³CNMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 154.2, 152.0 (d, J=12 Hz), 146.4, 145.5 (d,J=2 Hz), 140.3 (d, J=42 Hz), 132.3 (d, J=9 Hz), 127.0 (d, J=46 Hz),119.8, 111.8), 110.8, 107.2, 64.7, 62.9, 54.6, 54.0, 46.8 (d, J=4 Hz),34.4, 34.0, 33.9, 32.8, 32.5, 30.7, 30.7, 30.7, 25.5, 24.3, 24.2. ³¹PNMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz), δ ppm -0.7 (br s). HRMS (TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M,C₃₄H₅₁O₄P]⁺ 554.3525, found 554.3528.

Example 7-r 7,7,9,9-Tetramethyl-8-(2′, 4′,6′-triisopropyl-4,5-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-4,5-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one(670 mg, 1.31 mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all otherreagents were scaled accordingly, and refluxing for ˜15.5 hours,followed by purification via silica gel column chromatography (80-gcolumn; gradient: 2 column volumes heptane, ramp up to 78:22heptane:ethyl acetate over 8 column volumes, hold at 78:22 over 2 columnvolumes). The title compound was isolated as a white solid (585 mg, 85area % by HPLC, 80% yield). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz), δ ppm 6.99 (s, 2H),6.91-6.77 (m, 2H), 4.02 (dd, J=9.6, 3.4 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (dd, J=9.6, 3.5Hz, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 2.98 (hept, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.51(hept, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.21 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 2H), 1.59 (dd, J=13.2, 6.4 Hz,2H), 1.35 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (dd, J=15.1, 8.3 Hz, 6H), 0.96 (d,J=6.7 Hz, 6H), 0.88 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm148.0, 147.0, 146.1, 145.8, 142.5 (d, J=38 Hz), 136.4 (d, J=6 Hz), 127.4(d, J=29 Hz), 120.3, 116.0 (d, J=3 Hz), 115.1 (d, J=8 Hz), 110.5, 64.9,63.2, 56.0, 55.7, 45.5 (d, J=2 Hz), 34.2, 32.6, 32.4, 32.3 (d, J=4 Hz),32.1, 31.2 (d, J=7 Hz), 30.5, 29.3, 26.6, 24.3, 23.5, 23.0, 14.5. ³¹PNMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz), δ ppm -0.7 (br s). HRMS (TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M,C₃₄H₅₁O₄P]⁺ 554.3525, found 554.3533.

Example 7-s8-(3′,5′-Dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting1-(3′,5′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one(1.28 g, 3.33 mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all otherreagents were scaled accordingly, and refluxing for ˜15.5 hours (1.23g, >99 area % by HPLC, 86% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm7.82-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.23 (m, 3H), 6.47 (t, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 2H), 4.08-4.01 (m, 2H), 4.00-3.94 (m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 6H), 2.12(dd, J=14.3, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 1.71 (dd, J=14.3, 5.5 Hz, 2H), 1.34 (s, 3H),1.29 (s, 3H), 0.91 (s, 3H), 0.89 (s, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm159.2, 151.2 (d, J=35 Hz), 145.3 (d, J=9 Hz), 135.1 (d, J=31 Hz), 133.5(d, J=4 Hz), 130.0 (d, J=6 Hz), 128.1, 126.2, 110.9, 108.7 (d, J=4 Hz),98.6, 64.8, 63.2, 55.4, 44.5, 32.3, 31.9, 31.6, 31.4, 31.4, 31.3. ³¹PNMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz), δ ppm -8.5 (br s). HRMS (TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M,C₂₅H₃₃O₄P]⁺ , 428.2117, found 428.2121.

Example 7-t8-(4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramenthyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane

The titled compound was prepared as described in the general procedurefor the phosphorinone ketalization substituting1-(4′-tert-butylbiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one (1.49g, 3.92 mmol, 1 equiv) for biaryl phosphorinone, wherein all otherreagents were scaled accordingly, and refluxing for ˜15 hours (1.12 g,93 area % by HPLC, 67% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.82-7.75(m, 1H), 7.42-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.33-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.17 (m, 2H),4.12-4.01 (m, 2H), 4.01-3.88 (m, 2H), 2.13 (dd, J=14.3, 1.9 Hz, 2H),1.69 (dd, J=14.3, 5.5 Hz, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 3H),0.88 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 151.3 (d, J=34Hz), 148.4, 140.1, (d, J=8 Hz), 135.1 (d, J=31 Hz), 133.6 (d, J=4 Hz),130.9 (d, J=6 Hz), 130.1 (d, J=5 Hz), 128.1, 125.9, 123.9, 110.9, 64.8,63.1, 44.5, 34.7, 32.3, 31.9, 31.7, 31.7, 31.5, 31.3, 31.3. ³¹P NMR(CDCl₃, 202 MHz), δ ppm -9.4 (br s). HRMS (TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M,C₂₇H₃₇O₂P]⁺ 424.2531, found 424.2539.

Example 8 1′, 3′,5′-Triphenyl-5-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-1-yl)1′H-1,4′-bipyrazole

A round bottom flask was charged with 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(1′, 3′,5′-triphenyl-1′H-1,4′-bipyrazol-5-yl)phosphinan-4-one (1.25 g, 2.35mmol, 1.0 equiv) and purged with nitrogen for 15 minutes. Thennitrogen-sparged diethylene glycol (12.3 mL, 129 mmol, 55 equiv) wasadded and the flask was equipped with a Claisen adapter and a Dean-Starktrap. The mixture was charged with hydrazine hydrate (1.07 mL, 11.7mmol, 5 equiv, 55 wt % hydrazine) and potassium hydroxide (658 mg, 11.7mmol, 5 equiv). The mixture was immersed in an oil bath at 125 ° C.under a nitrogen atmosphere. The temperature of the bath was increasedto 210 ° C. over 1 hour and kept at that temperature for 7 hours. Thereaction mixture was cooled to room temperature under a positivepressure of nitrogen, and then diluted with heptane (10 mL) and ethylacetate (10 mL). The phases were partitioned, and the aqueous layer wascollected. The aqueous layer was then washed with ethyl acetate (2×20mL), and the combined organic fractions were washed once with aqueoussaturated sodium chloride (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered,and concentrated on a rotary evaporator. The crude concentrate wasdissolved in a minimal amount of hot ethanol, and the solution wasallowed to cool, effecting the crystallization of the product as a whitesolid. (826 mg, 95 area % by HPLC, 68% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δppm 7.91 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.42 (m, 4H), 7.38-7.26 (m, 3H),7.25-7.19 (m, 5H), 7.19-7.11 (m, 3H), 6.61 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 1.53 (dd,J=14.1, 12.0 Hz, 5H), 1.21 (ddd, J=24.9, 11.7, 5.7 Hz, 2H), 0.85 (dd,J=24.4, 18.8 Hz, 6H), 0.01 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 3H), −0.27 (d, J=11.5 Hz, 3H).¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 149.3 (d, J=2 Hz), 145.0, 143.2 (d, J=27Hz), 141.0 (d, J=2 Hz), 139.8, 139.6 (d, J=2 Hz), 131.5, 129.5, 128.5,128.3, 128.0, 127.9, 127.8, 127.3, 127.2, 125.1, 120.9, 113.0 (d, J=5Hz), 37.1 (dd, J=8, 2 Hz), 29.9, 29.8, 29.3 (d, J=2 Hz), 29.2 (d, J=2Hz), 29.1 (d, J=2 Hz), 28.8 (d, J=2 Hz), 28.8 (d, J=8 Hz), 20.2. ³¹P NMR(CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm -17.0 (s). LRMS (ESI⁺) found for [M+H,C₃₃H₃₆N₄P]⁺ 519.2.

Example 9 1-(2-(2,2,6,6-Tetramethylphosphinan-1-yl)phenyl)1H-pyrrole

A round bottom flask was charged with1-(2-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one (878mg, 2.80 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and purged with nitrogen for 15 minutes. Thennitrogen-sparged diethylene glycol (14.7 mL, 154 mmol, 55 equiv) wasadded and the flask was equipped with a Claisen adapter and a Dean-Starktrap. The flask was further charged with hydrazine hydrate (1.24 mL,14.0 mmol, 5 equiv, 55 wt% hydrazine) and potassium hydroxide (786 mg,14.) mmol, 5 equiv), and the mixture was immersed in an oil bath at 60 °C. The temperature of the bath was gradually increased to 210 ° C. over1 hour and kept at that temperature for 7 hours. The reaction mixturewas cooled to room temperature under a positive pressure of nitrogen andthen diluted with water (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (20 mL). The phaseswere partitioned, and the organic layer was collected. The aqueous layerwas washed with ethyl acetate (4×20 mL), and the combined organicfractions were washed once with aqueous saturated sodium chloride, driedover sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated on a rotary evaporatorto afford the title compound as a pale yellow solid (811 mg, 91 area %by HPLC, 97% yield). NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.96-7.83 (m, 1H),7.35-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.22- 7.17 (m, 1H), 6.72 -6.66 (m, 2H), 6.20 (t,J=2.1 Hz, 2H), 1.87-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.33 (m, 2H),1.11 (s, 3H), 1.06 (s, 3H), 0.76 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz,CDCl₃) δ ppm 149.4-146.8 (m), 134.7 (d, J=4 Hz), 129.0, 127.8 (d, J=3Hz), 126.5, 123.3 (d, J=3 Hz), 107.9, 37.6, 31.4, 31.1, 30.2 (d, J=7Hz), 29.6 (d, J=18 Hz), 20.5. ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm -7.6 (s).

Example 10 2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl-1-(2′, 4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl) phosphinane

A round bottom flask was charged with2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one(1.03 g, 2.02 mmol, 1.0 ) and purged with nitrogen for 15 minutes. Thennitrogen-sparged diethylene glycol (10.6 mL, 111 mmol, 55 equiv) wasadded and the flask was equipped with a Claisen adapter and a Dean-Starktrap. The flask was charged with hydrazine hydrate (0.892 mL, 10.1 mmol,5 equiv, 55 wt% hydrazine) and potassium hydroxide (918 mg, 10.1 mmol, 5equiv). The mixture was immersed in an oil bath at 170 ° C. Thetemperature of the bath was gradually increased to 210 ° C. over 1 hourand kept at that temperature for 7 hours. The reaction mixture wascooled to room temperature under a positive pressure of nitrogen.Reaction material that had condensed on the Claisen adapter was washeddown into the reaction flask with ethyl acetate (5 mL). The phases werepartitioned, and the organic layer was collected. The aqueous layer waswashed with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The combined organic fractions werewashed once with aqueous saturated sodium chloride, dried over sodiumsulfate, filtered, and concentrated on a rotary evaporator. Purificationof the crude material by silica gel column chromatography on an IscoCombiFlash system (40-g column; gradient: 2 column volumes heptane, rampup to 85:15 heptane:ethyl acetate over 8 column volumes, hold at 85:15for 4 column volumes) afforded the title compound as a white solid (266mg, >99 area % by HPLC, 27% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 6.95(s, 2H), 6.85 (d, J =8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H),3.56 (s, 3H), 2.95 (hept, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.49 (hept, J=6.7 Hz, 2H),2.10-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.26 (m, 8H), 1.21 (d, J=6.8Hz, 6H), 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.08 (s, 3H), 0.93 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 6H), 0.80 (d,J=8.6 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 154.3, 151.9 (d, J=11 Hz),146.3, 145.5 (d, J=2 Hz), 140.1 (d, J=42 Hz), 132.5 (d, J=9 Hz), 127.7(d, J=46 Hz), 119.7, 110.6, 107.1, 54.3 (d, J=62 Hz), 40.8 (d, J=4 Hz),34.0 (d, J=5 Hz), 33.4, 30.7, 30.3 (d, J=24 Hz), 30.1 (d, J=3 Hz), 25.5,24.2 (d, J=13 Hz), 20.8. ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm -6.0 (br s).HRMS (TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M, C₃₂H₄₉O₂P]⁺ 496.3470, found 496.3465.

Example 11 1-(Biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,7,7-tetramethylphosphepan-4-one

To a 40-mL scintillation vial equipped with a magnetic stir bar wasadded 1-(biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one (900 mg,2.77 mmol, 1 equiv). The vial was sealed with a septa-top cap and thenpurged with nitrogen gas for 10 minutes. The solid was then dissolvedwith anhydrous, degassed dichloromethane (9 mL). In a separate 250-mLround bottom flask was added anhydrous, degassed dichloromethane (31 mL)which was cooled to −78 ° C. Boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (527 μL,4.16 mmol, 1.5 equiv) was then added to the flask. The phosphinesolution was transferred by cannula to the reaction flask over thecourse of 3 minutes using a positive pressure of nitrogen gas. Afterstirring the solution for 5 minutes, (trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (2.1mL, 4.16 mmol, 1.5 equiv, 2 M in hexane) was added slowly over 3 minutesThe bright yellow solution was stirred at −78 ° for an hour, and thendiluted with 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid (50 mL). The slurry waswarmed to room temperature overnight. The solution was charged into aseparatory funnel and the phases were partitioned. The dichloromethanelayer was collected, and the aqueous layer was washed withdichloromethane (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers were then washedwith aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 mL), dried over sodiumsulfate, filtered, and concentrated in a rotary evaporator. Purificationof the crude product oil by silica gel column chromatography on an IscoCombiflash system (120-g column; gradient: 1.5 column volumes heptane,ramp up to 98:2 heptane:methyl tert-butyl ether over 0.5 column volumes,hold at 98:2 for 2 column volumes, ramp up to 75:25 heptane:methyltert-butyl ether over 8 column volumes, hold at 75:25 for 2 columnvolumes) afforded the title compound as a white solid (578 mg, 98 area %by HPLC, 62% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.88 (dt, J=7.8, 1.5Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.32-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.20 (m, 2H), 2.91(dd, J=12.2, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 2.67 -2.46 (m, 3H), 2.17-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.91(dddd, J=21.9, 15.4, 6.4, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 1.20 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 3H), 1.16 (d,J=5.5 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H), 0.98 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR(100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 211.3, 151.5 (d, J=34 Hz), 143.2, 134.6 (d, J=3Hz), 133.1 (d, J=29 Hz), 130.5 (d, J=6 Hz), 130.0 (d, J=4 Hz), 128.7,126.9, 126.3, 125.7, 55.7 (d, J=17 Hz), 41.5, 37.0 (d, =18 Hz), 35.2,35.0, 33.2, 32.9, 32.6, 32.3, 31.9, 31.6, 27.3, 26.3, ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃,202 MHz) δ ppm 15.1 (s). HRMS (TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M, C₂₂H₂₇OP]⁺338.1800, found 338.1805.

Example 12 1-(Biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,7,7-tetramethylphosphepane

A round bottom flask was charged with1-(biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,7,7-tetramethylphosphepan-4-one (520 mg, 1.54mmol, 1.0 equiv) and purged with nitrogen for 15 minutes. Thennitrogen-sparged diethylene glycol (8.0 mL, 85 mmol, 55 equiv) was addedand the flask was equipped with a Claisen adapter and a Dean-Stark trap.The mixture was charged with hydrazine hydrate (0.680 mL, 7.68 mmol, 5equiv, 55 wt % hydrazine) and potassium hydroxide (431 mg, 7.68 mmol, 5equiv). The mixture was immersed in an oil bath at 175 ° C. Thetemperature of the bath was gradually increased to 210 ° C. over 30minutes and kept at that temperature for 7 hours. The reaction mixturewas cooled to room temperature under a positive pressure of nitrogen,and the reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and heptane (30mL). The phases were partitioned, and the organic layer was collected.The aqueous layer was washed with heptane (2×20 mL). The combinedorganic fractions were washed once with aqueous saturated sodiumchloride (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentratedon a rotary evaporator. The crude product was crystallized from asaturated solution of ethanol and isolated by filtration to afford anoff-white solid (254 mg, 90 area % by HPLC, 51% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.03-7.95 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.27 (m, 8H), 1.88-1.54 (m, 8H),1.26 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 6H), 0.96 (s, 3H), 0.92 (s, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz,CDCl₃) δ ppm 150.8 (d, J=34 Hz), 143.5 (d, J=7 Hz), 136.3 (d, J=3 Hz),134.8 (d, J=32 Hz), 130.3 (d, J=4 Hz), 130.2 (d, J=6 Hz), 127.9, 126.7,125.9, 125.3, 45.1 (d, J=18 Hz), 35.2, 34.9, 32.3, 32.1, 28.1 (d, J=3Hz), 25.6 (d, J=3 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 14.4 (s). HRMS(TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M, C₂₂H₂₉P]⁺ 324.2007, found 324,2004.

Example 13 2,2,7,7-Tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphepan-4-one

To a 40-mL scintillation vial equipped with a magnetic stir bar wasadded 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′, 4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one (1.38 g, 3.06 mmol, 1equiv). The vial was sealed with a septa-top cap and then purged withnitrogen gas for 10 minutes The solid was then dissolved with anhydrous,degassed dichloromethane (10 mL). In a separate 250-mL round bottomflask was added anhydrous, degassed dichloromethane (36 mL) which wascooled to −78 ° C. Boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (582 μL, 4.59mmol, 1.5 equiv) was then added to the flask. The phosphine solution wastransferred by cannula to the reaction flask over the course of 3minutes using a positive pressure of nitrogen gas. After stirring thesolution for 5 minutes, (trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (2.3 mL, 4.59 mmol,1.5 equiv, 2 M in hexane) was added slowly over 3 minutes The brightyellow solution was stirred at −78 ° C. for an hour, then diluted with 1aqueous hydrochloric acid (50 mL). The slurry was warmed to roomtemperature overnight. The solution was charged into a separatory funneland the phases were partitioned. The organic layer was collected andwashed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 mL), dried oversodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in a rotary evaporator.Purification of the crude colorless oil by silica gel columnchromatography on an Isco CombiFlash system (120-g column; gradient: 1.5column volumes heptane, ramp up to 98:2 heptane:methyl tert-butyl etherover 0.5 column volumes, hold at 98:2 for 2 column volumes, ramp up to80:20 heptane:methyl tert-butyl ether over 8 column volumes, hold at80:20 for 2 column volumes) afforded the title compound as a white solid(900 mg, 90 area % by HPLC, 63% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm8.00-7.90 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.00 (s, 2H),3.10-2.86 (m, 2H), 2.73-2.37 (m, 5H), 2.34-2.18 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.77 (m,1H), 1.31 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 5H), 1.23 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.20 (d, J=6.8 Hz,3H), 1.15 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.10 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.08-1.03 (m, 4H),1.02-0.98 (m, 4H), 0.95 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δppm 211.3, 148.6 (d, J=35 Hz), 147.5, 145.8 (d, J=16 Hz), 136.1 (d, J=6Hz), 135.5 (d, J=31 Hz), 134.3 (d, J=2 Hz), 132.6 (d, J=7 Hz), 127.8,125.5, 120.1 (d, J=5 Hz), 56.5 (d, J=10 Hz), 41.5, 36.3 (d, J=10 Hz),35.0 (d, J=24 Hz), 34.3, 33.3 (d, J=27 Hz), 32.2 (d, J=31 Hz), 31.9 (dd,J=6, 2 Hz), 30.7, 29.5 (d, J=5 Hz), 29.3 (d, J=3 Hz), 26.7 (d, J=33 Hz),24.3 (d, J=8 Hz), 22.9 (d, J=9 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 18.3(s). HRMS (TOF-ESI+) calcd for [M, C₃₁H₄₅OP]⁺ 464.3208, found 464.3216.

Example 142,2,7,7-Tetramethyl1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphepane

A round bottom flask was charged with 2,2,7,7-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphepan-4-one (1.06 g, 2.29 mmol, 1.0equiv) and purged with nitrogen for 15 minutes. Nitrogen-spargeddiethylene glycol (12.0 mL, 126 mmol, 55 equiv) was added and the flaskwas equipped with a Claisen adapter and a Dean-Stark trap. The mixturewas charged with hydrazine hydrate (1.01 mL, 11.4 mmol, 5 equiv, 55 wt%hydrazine) and potassium hydroxide (641 mg, 11.4 mmol, 5 equiv). Themixture was immersed in an oil bath at 175 ° C. under a nitrogenatmosphere. The temperature of the bath was gradually increased to 210 °C. over 40 minutes and kept at that temperature for 7 hours. Thereaction mixture was cooled to room temperature under a positivepressure of nitrogen and then the reaction mixture was diluted withheptane (20 mL) and ethyl acetate (20 mL). The phases were partitioned,and the organic layer was collected. The aqueous layer was washed withethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed oncewith aqueous saturated sodium chloride (50 mL), dried over sodiumsulfate, filtered, and concentrated on a rotary evaporator. The crudeproduct was purified by silica gel column chromatography (80-g column;gradient: 1.5 column volumes heptane, ramp up to 92:8 heptane:ethylacetate over 8.5 column volumes, hold at 92:8 for 2 column volumes) toafford the title compound as a white solid (810 mg, >99 area % by HPLC,79% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.00-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.26(m, 2H), 7.22-7.13 (m, 1H), 6.97 (s, 2H), 2.91 (hept, J=6.9 Hz, 1H),2.48 (hept, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.77-1.60 (m, 6H), 1.60-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.29(d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.21 (dd, J=8.2, 4.4 Hz, 12H), 0.96 (d, J=6.7 Hz,6H), 0.82 (s, 3H), 0.78 (s, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 148.0,147.7, 147.2, 145.8, 137.0 (d, J=34 Hz), 136.7, 136.2 (d, J=2 Hz), 131.7(d, J=7 Hz), 126.9, 125.1, 119.9, 46.3 (d, J=17 Hz), 35.1, 34.8, 34.3,32.1, 31.9, 31.1 (d, J=3 Hz), 28.8 (d, J=3 Hz), 26.7, 26.2 (d, J=3 Hz),24.4, 22.9 (d, J=2 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 20.1 (s). HRMS(TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M, C₃₁H₄₇P]⁺ 450.3415, found 450.3429.

Example 15 2,2,8,8-Tetramethyl-1-(2′, 4′, 6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphocan-4-one

To a 250-mL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar wasadded2,2,7,7-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphepan-4-one(1.24 g, 2.67 mmol, 1 equiv). The flask was sealed with a septum andpurged with nitrogen gas for 10 minutes The solid was dissolved withanhydrous, degassed dichloromethane (38 mL), and the solution was cooledto −78 ° C. Boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (507 μL, 4.00 mmol, 1.5equiv) was added to the flask over the course of 3 minutes Afterstirring the solution for 5 minutes, (trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (2.0mL, 4.00 mmol, 1.5 equiv, 2 M in hexane) was added slowly over 3 minutesThe bright yellow solution was stirred at −78 ° C for an hour, thendiluted with 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid (50 mL). The slurry waswarmed to room temperature overnight. The solution was charged into aseparatory funnel and the phases were partitioned. The organic layer wascollected, and the aqueous layer was washed with dichloromethane (2 ×20mL). The combined organic fractions were then washed with aqueoussaturated sodium bicarbonate (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate,filtered, and concentrated via a rotary evaporator. Purification bysilica gel column chromatography on an Isco CombiFlash system (120-gcolumn; gradient: 1.5 column volumes heptane, ramp up to 90:10heptane:ethyl acetate over 8.5 column volumes, hold at 90:10 for 4column volumes) afforded the title compound as a white solid (905mg, >99 area % by HPLC, 71% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm7.87-7.80 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.22 (ddd, J=4.2, 3,3, 1.9 Hz,1H), 6.97 (dd, J=7.3, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 3.09- 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.92 (dq, J=13.7,6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.75-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.24 (dq, J=15.0, 5.7Hz, 1H), 1.98-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.65 (tdd, J=13.5, 9.4, 3.9 Hz, 1H),1.55-1.41 (m, 4H), 1.30 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.27 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 6H), 1.17(d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.01 (d, J=6,6 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H), 0.90(d, J=12.2 Hz, 3H), 0.74 (d, J=16.4 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δppm 213.9, 148.5, 148.1, 147.4, 145.9, 145.6, 136.9 (d, J=2 Hz), 136.1(d, J=5 Hz), 134.9, 134.6, 132.2 (d, J=7 Hz), 127.6, 124.9, 120.0 (d,J=14 Hz), 59.7 (d, J=27 Hz), 42.9 (d, J=12 Hz), 42.6, 36.9 (d, J=31 Hz),36.0 (d, J=28 Hz), 34.3, 31.8 (d, J=14 Hz), 31.2 (d, J=4 Hz), 31.0, 30.3(d, J=26 Hz), 29.0 (d, J=4 Hz), 27.1, 26.4-26.0 (m), 24.4 (d, J=7 Hz),23.2-22.8 (m), 21.3 (d, J=7 Hz). ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz) δ ppm 10.5(s). HRMS (TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M, C₃₂H₄₇OP]⁺ 478.3365, found 478.3369.

Example 162,2,8,8-Tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-trilsopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphocane

A round bottom flask was charged with 2,2,8,8-tetramethyl-1-(2′, 4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphocan-4-one (1.25 g, 2.61 mmol, 1.0equip) and purged with nitrogen for 15 minutes. Nitrogen-spargeddiethylene glycol (13.7 mL, 144 mmol, 55 equiv) was added, and the flaskwas equipped with a Claisen adapter and a Dean-Stark trap. The mixturewas charged with hydrazine hydrate (1.16 mL, 13.1 mmol, 5 equiv, 55 wt%hydrazine) and potassium hydroxide (733 mg, 13.1 mmol, 5 equiv). Themixture was immersed in an oil bath at 160 ° C. under a nitrogenatmosphere. The temperature of the bath was gradually increased to 210 °C. over 30 minutes and kept at that temperature for 7 hours. Thereaction mixture was cooled to room temperature under a positivepressure of nitrogen overnight. The Claisen adapter was washed withethyl acetate (30 mL). The phases were partitioned, and the organiclayer was collected. The aqueous layer was washed with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL), and the combined organic fractions were washed once with water(50 mL) and aqueous saturated sodium chloride (50 mL), dried over sodiumsulfate, filtered, and concentrated on a rotary evaporator. The purifiedproduct was triturated from hot methanol and collected by filtration toafford the title compound as a white solid (499 mg, 92 area % by HPLC,41% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.96-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.26(m, 2H), 7.23-7.17 (m, 1H), 6.97 (s, 2H), 3.00-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.61-2.44(m, 2H), 1.91-1.61 (m, 5H), 1.61-1.41 (m, 5H), 1.39 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 6H),1.31 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.23 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H), 0.98 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 6H),0.74 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 6H), ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 148.2 (d, J=35Hz), 147.1, 145.8, 137.3, 136.8 (d, J=8 Hz), 136.6 (d, J=21 Hz), 132.0(d, J=7 Hz), 126.9, 124.6, 119.8, 43.8 (d, J=18 Hz), 36.3 (d, J=30 Hz),34.3, 31.1, 31.0 (d, J=18 Hz), 28.3 (d, J=4 Hz), 26.8 (d, J=11 Hz),26.7, 24.4, 23.1 (d, J=2 Hz), 22.4 (d, J=6 Hz), ³¹P NMR (CDCl₃, 202 MHz)δ ppm 10.5 (s). HRMS (TOF-ESI⁺) calcd for [M,C₃₂H₄₉P]⁺ 464.3572, found464.3584.

Assay yield calculation for Examples 17-29.

Product standards were determined using commercially available orpurified material. The product standard of interest was weighed into avolumetric flask (Wt_(std)) and dissolved in the appropriate volume ofacetonitrile (Vol_(std)). A sample was injected into an HPLC instrumentand the area corresponding to the product was recorded (A_(std)). Themass of the crude reaction solution following filtration and rinse wasobtained (Wt_(pdt)). A sample of known mass (Wt_(sample)) was taken fromthe bulk solution and added to a volumetric flask, then diluted inacetonitrile (Vol_(soln)). A sample was then injected into an HPLCinstrument, recording the area corresponding to the product (A_(soln)).The assay yield of product was then determined using the followingformula.

${{Assay}\mspace{14mu}{yield}\mspace{14mu}(\%)} = \frac{A_{soln} \times {Vol}_{soln} \times {Wt}_{std} \times {Wt}_{pdt} \times 100}{A_{std} \times {Wt}_{sample} \times {Vol}_{std} \times {theoretical}\mspace{14mu}{yield}}$

Unless noted otherwise, the following HPLC method was used for reactionanalyses for Examples 17-29.

-   -   Mobile phase A: 0.1% HClO₄ in water (volume/volume).    -   Mobile phase B: acetonitrile.    -   Column: Ascentis® Express C8 2.7 μm, 4.6 mm×150 mm.    -   Flow rate: 1.25 mL/minute.    -   Column temperature: 40 ° C. Monitor at 210 nm.

Time (minutes) % A % B  0 40% 60%  6  5% 95% 10  5% 95% 11 40% 60%

Example 17-1 Palladium-catalyzed C—N Cross-coupling of an Aryl Nonaflatewith Methylsulfonamide

N-p-tolylmethanesulfonamide.

In a nitrogen-atmosphere glovebox, a microwave vial equipped with amagnetic stir bar was charged with potassium phosphate (71.6 mg, 0.337mmol, 1.1 equivalents), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)(Pd₂dba₃) (2.8 mg, 0.00307 mmol, 0.01 equivalents) and phosphine ligand(0.00736 mmol, 0.024 equivalents). t-Amyl alcohol (1.1 mL) was syringedinto the vial and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 80 ° C.After cooling to room temperature, methanesulfonamide (35.0 mg, 0.368mmol, 1.2 equivalents) and p-methylbenzene nonaflate (100 mg, 0.307mmol, 1 equivalent) were added to the reaction solution. The vial wassealed with a crimp top and placed in a heating block at 80 ° C. After16 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and brought out ofthe glovebox. The reaction solution was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ (2 mL) andfiltered through a pad of diatomaceous earth. The vial was rinsed withCH₂Cl₂ (2×2 mL), then the filter cake was washed with CH₂Cl₂ (2×2 mL).The filtrate was transferred to a tared flask and concentrated on arotary evaporator to furnish an orange oil. The crude concentrate wassampled for a wt % analysis. Purified material could be isolated as anoff-white solid by silica gel flash column chromatography (30 g silicagel, gradient from 85:15 to 70:30 heptane:ethyl acetate) (literaturereference: Shekhar S, et al. J. Org. Chem. 2011; 76: 4552-4563.). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.22-7.07 (m, 4H), 6.57 (br s, 1H), 2.99 (s, 3H)2.34 (s, 3H).

Assay Ligand Yield (%)^(a)

>99 (92)

>99 

87

79

Other examples of palladium-catalyzed coupling reactions of aryl andalkyl primary sulfonamides with various aryl and heteroaryl nonaflatescatalyzed by the disclosed ligands include the following:

Example R R′ Product Yield 17-2 Me

82% 17-3 Me

96% 17-4

88% 17-5 Me

83% 17-6 BocHN

92% 17-7

80% 17-8 and 17-9 R = H R = Me

R = H, 82% R = Me, 86% 17-10 Me

86%

Example 17-11 Preparation ofN-(6-(3-tert-butyl-5-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1(2H)-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)naphthalen-2-yl)methanesulfonamide(compound (A-1))

Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.0026 g, 2.80 μmol),di-tert-butyl (2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimnethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine (0.0033 g, 6.72μmol) and milled potassium phosphate tribasic (0.131 g, 0.616 mmol) werecharged to a 40-mL reaction vial inside an inert atmosphere glove box.2-Methyltetrahydrofuran (1.5 mL) was added, the vial was capped, and thecontents were heated to 80 ° C. and stirred at this temperature for 30minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature.6-(3-tert-Butyl-5-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1(2H)-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)naphthalen-2-yl1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-2-(perfluoroethoxy)ethanesulfonate (0.4 g, 0.560mmol, Example 3-7, compound (5f), methanesulfonamide (0.064 g, 0.672mmol) and ethyl acetate (3 mL) were added to the 40-mL reaction vial.The temperature of the closed vial was raised to 90 ° C. and thecontents were magnetically stirred for 16 hours. HPLC analysis of thereaction mixture showed that the product was formed in 97 area % at 210nm.

Example 17-12 Alternative Peparation of N-(6-(3-tert-butyl-5-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1(2H)-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)naphthalen-2-yl)methanesulfonamide(compound (A-1))

Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.0071 g, 7.71 μmol),di-tert-butyl(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine (0.0089 g,19.0 μmol) and milled potassium phosphate tribasic (0.360 g, 1.696 mmol)were charged to a 40-mL, reaction vial inside an inert atmosphere glovebox. 2-Methyltetrahydrofuran (4 mL) was added, and the closed vial andits contents were heated to 80 ° C. with magnetic stirring for 30minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature.6-(3-tert-Butyl-5-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1(2H)-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)naphthalen-2-yl1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane-2-sulfonate (1.0 g, 1.542 mmol, Example3-4, compound (5c)), methanesulfonamide (0.176 g, 1.850 mmol) and ethylacetate (8 mL) were added to the 40-mL reaction vial. The temperature ofthe closed vial and its contents was raised to 90 ° C. and stirred for20 hours. HPLC analysis of the reaction mixture showed that the productwas formed in 95 area % at 210 nm.

Example 17-13 Alternative Preparation of N-(6-(3-tert-butyl-5-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1(2H)-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)naphthalen-2-yl)methanesulfonamide(compound (A4))

Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.0055 g, 6.02 μmol),di-tert-butyl(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine (0.007 g,14.0 μmol) and milled potassium phosphate tribasic (0.281 g, 1.324 mmol)were charged to a 40-mL reaction vial inside an inert atmosphere glovebox. 2-Methyltetrahydrofuran (3.4 mL) was added, and the closed vial andits contents were heated to 80 ° C. with magnetic stirring for 30minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature.6-(3-tert-Butyl-5-(2,4-dioxo-3.4-dihydropyrimidin-1(2H)-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)naphthalen-2-ylsulfofluoridate (0.6 g, 1.204 mmol, Example 3-8, compound (5g)),methanesulfonamide (0.137 g, 1.444 mmol) and ethyl acetate (6.7 mL) wereadded to the 40-mL reaction vial. The temperature of the closed reactionvial and its contents was raised to 90 ° C. and the contents werestirred for 20 hours. HPLC analysis of the reaction mixture showed thatthe product was formed in 79 area % at 210 nm.

Example 17-14 Alternative Preparation of N-(6-(3-tert-butyl-5(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1(2H)-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)naphthalen-2-yl)methanesulfonamide(compound (A-1))

Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.0042 g, 4.56 μmol),di-tert-butyl (2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine (0.0053 g, 12.0μmol) and milled potassium phosphate tribasic (0.213 g, 1.003 mmol) werecharged to a 40-mL reaction vial inside an inert atmosphere glove box.2-Methyltetrahydrofuran (1.9 mL) was added, and the closed vial and itscontents were heated to 80 ° C. with magnetic stirring for 30 minutes.The reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature.6-(3-tert-Butyl-5-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1(2H)-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)naphthalen-2-yltrifluoromethanesulfonate (0.5 g, 0.912 mmol, Example 3-6, compound(5e)), methanesulfonamide (0.104 g, 1.094 mmol) and ethyl acetate (5.7mL) were added to the 40-mL reaction vial. The temperature of the closedvial and its contents was raised to 90 ° C. and stirred for 14 hours.HPLC analysis of the reaction mixture showed that the product was formedin 91 area % at 210 nm.

Example 17-15 Alternative Preparation of N-(6-(3-tert-butyl-5-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1(2H)-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)naphthalen-2-yl)methanesulfonamide(compound (A-1))

Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.0037 g, 4.04 mmol),di-tertbutyl 2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine(0.0047 g, 9.7 μmol) and milled potassium phosphate tribasic (0.094 g,0.445 mmol) were charged to a 40-mL reaction vial inside an inertatmosphere glove box. tert-Amyl alcohol (1.0 mL) was added, the contentswere heated to 80 ° C. and stirred at this temperature for 30 minutes.The reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature.6-(3-tert-Butyl-5-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1(2H)-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)naphthalen-2-ylmethanesulfonate (0.2 g, 0.404 mmol), methanesulfonamide (0.046 g, 0.485mmol) and tert-amyl alcohol (1.5 mL) were added to a 40-mL reactionvial. The reaction temperature was raised to 110 ° C., and the contentswere stirred for 14 hours. HPLC analysis of the reaction mixture showedthat the titled compound was formed in 7 area % at 210 mn.

Example 17-16 Alternative Preparation of N-(6-(3-tert-butyl-5-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1(2H)-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)naphthalen-2-yl)methanesulfonamide(compound(A-1))

Palladium acetate (0.0018 g, 8.09 μmol),di-tert-butyl(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine(0.0086 g, 0.018 mmol) and water (0.6 μ, 0.032 mmol) were charged to a40-mL reaction vial inside an inert atmosphere glove box. tert-Amylalcohol (1.0 mL) was added, and the contents were heated to 80 ° C. andstirred at this temperature for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture wascooled down to room temperature. Potassium phosphate tribasic (0.094 g,0.445 mmol),6-(3-tert-butyl-5-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1(2H)-yl)-2-methoxyphenylnapthalen-2-ylmethanesulfonate (0.2 g, 0.404 mmol), methanesulfonamide (0.046 g, 0.485mmol) and tert-amyl alcohol (1.5 mL) were added to the 40-mL reactionvial. The reaction temperature was raised to 110 ° C. and the contentswere stirred for 14 hours. HPLC analysis of the reaction mixture showedthat the titled compound was formed in 5 area % at 210 nm.

Example 18 Palladium-catalyzed C—O Cross-coupling of a Primary Alcoholwith an Aryl Chloride

1-Butoxy-2-methoxybenzene.

In a nitrogen-atmosphere glovebox, a 40-mL scintillation vial equippedwith a magnetic stir bar was charged with palladium(ii) acetate (3.2 mg,0.014 mmol, 0.01 equivalents),7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane(8.6 mg, 0.015 mmol, 0.011 equivalents) and cesium carbonate (686 mg,2.10 mmol, 1.5 equivalents). The solids were then slurried in toluene(2.8 mL) and n-butanol (385 μL, 4.21 mmol, 3 equivalents).2-Chloroanisole (178 μL, 1.40 mmol, 1 equivalent) was added by syringe,then the vial was sealed with a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) screw capseptum and heated to 110 ° C. for 19 hours. After cooling the reactionto room temperature, the vial was brought outside the glovebox. Thereaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (2 mL) and filteredthrough a pad of diatomaceous earth. After the vial was rinsed withethyl acetate (2×2 mL) and filtered, the filter cake was washed withethyl acetate (2 mL). The ethyl acetate was carefully removed on arotary evaporator. A weight percent (wt %) analysis was then performedon the crude concentrate to determine an assay yield of 62% (literaturereference: Wolter M, et al. Org. Lett. 2002; 4: 973-976). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 6.96-6.84 (m, 4H), 4.03 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (s,3H), 1.91-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.57- 1.44 (m, 2H), 0.99 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H).

Assay Yield Ligand (%)^(a)

62 ^(a)Assay yield was determined by weight percent analysis versusisolated, characterized product.

^(a)Assay yield was determined by weight percent analysis versusisolated, characterized product.

Example 19 Palladium-catalyzed Phenylurea Coupling 4-chlorotoluene

1-Phenyl-3-p-tolylurea.

In a nitrogen-atmosphere glovebox, a microwave vial equipped with amagnetic stir bar was charged with phenylurea (100 mg, 0.734 mmol, 1equivalent), potassium phosphate (234 mg, 1.10 mmol, 5 equivalents),tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (Pd₂dba₃) (6.7 mg, 0.00734mmol, 0.01 equivalents) and phosphine ligand (0.029 mmol, 0.04equivalents). Then 1,2-dimethoxyethane (1.34 mL) was syringed into thevial. After stirring the mixture for 1 hour at room temperature,4-chlorotoluene (96 μL, 0.808 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) was added. The vialwas sealed with a crimp top and placed in a heating block at 85 ° C.After 15 hours, the reaction vial was cooled to room temperature andbrought out of the glovebox. The reaction solution was diluted withdimethylformamide (0.6 mL) and stirred for 15 minutes. The slurry wasthen filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth. The vial was rinsedwith dimethylformamide (0.6 mL) before passing through the filter. Thecombined filtrate was concentrated on a rotary evaporator to furnish anorange oil. A 1:1 mixture of methanol:water (3.5 mL) was added dropwiseto the crude concentrate, leading to the precipitation of product. Thesolids were collected by filtration and washed with 1:1 methanol:water(3 mL). The isolated product urea was drie rn a vacuum oven for 6 hoursat 60 ° C./150 mm Hg. (literature reference: Kotecki BJ, et al. Org.Lett. 2009; 11: 947-950). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 8.52 (t,J=22.7 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (dd, J=8.5, 1.0 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H),7.26 (dd, J=10.7, 5.2 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.95 (dd, J=10.5,4.2 Hz, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H).

Conversion Yield Ligand (%)^(a) (%)^(b)

>99 96 (>99)

>99 98 (>99)

  96^(c) — ^(a)Reaction conversion determined by reverse phase HPLCversus isloated, characterized product. The conversion is a ratio of((desired)/(starting material + desired)). ^(b)Isolated yields. Valuesin parentheses are the assay yields of the crude reaction mixturesmeasured by weight percent analyses. ^(c)Reaction conversion measuredafter 22 hours at 85° C.

^(a)Reaction conversion determined by reverse phase HPLC versusisolated, characterized product. The conversion is a ratio of((desired)/(starting material+desired)). ^(b)Isolated yields. Values inparentheses are the assay yields of the crude reaction mixtures measuredby weight percent analyses. Reaction conversion measured after 22 hoursat 85 ° C.

Example 20 Palladium-catalyzed Nitration of an Aryl Chloride

4-Nitrobenzonitrile.

In a nitrogen-atmosphere glovebox, a microwave vial equipped with amagnetic stir bar was charged with 4-chlorobenzonitrile (100 mg, 0.727mmol, 1 equivalent), sodium nitrite (100 mg, 1.45 mmol, 2 equivalents),tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (Pd₂dba₃) (6.7 mg, 0.00727mmol, 0.01 equivalents) and phosphine ligand (0.017 mmol, 0.024equivalents). The solids were slurried in t-butyl alcohol (1.3 mL)before adding tris[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]amine (TDA-1) (12 μL, 0.036mmol, 0.05 equivalents). The vial was sealed with a crimp top and placedin a heating block at 130 ° C. After 24 hours, the reaction vial wascooled to room temperature and brought out of the glovebox. The reactionsolution was diluted with tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) and filtered through apad of diatomaceous earth into a tared 125-mL Erlenmeyer flask. The vialwas rinsed with tetrahydrofuran (3×1 mL) before the filter cake waswashed with tetrahydrofuran (2 mL). A wt% analysis was performed on thefiltrate and an assay yield was measured (literature reference: Fors BP,et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2009; 131: 12898-12899).

Assay Ligand Yield (%)^(a)

92

32 ^(a)Assay yields were determined by weight percent analyses versuscommercially available 4-nitrobenzonitrile.

^(a)Assay yields were determined by weight percent analyses versuscommercially available 4-nitrobenzonitrile.

4-Nitrobenzophenone.

In a nitrogen-atmosphere glovebox, a microwave vial equipped with amagnetic stir bar was charged with 4-chlorobenzophenone (100 mg, 0.462mmol, 1 equivalent), sodium nitrite (63.7 mg, 0.923 mmol, 2equivalents), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (Pd₂dba₃) (0.005or 0.0025 equivalents) and 7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa--8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane(0.012 or 0.006 equivalents, respectively). The solids were slurried int-butyl alcohol (0.84 mL) before addingtris[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]amine (TDA-1) (7.4 μL, 0.023 mmol, 0.05equivalents). The vial was sealed with a crimp top and placed in aheating block at 130° C. After indicated reaction time, the vial wascooled to room temperature and brought out of the glovebox. The reactionsolution was diluted with tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) and filtered through apad of diatomaceous earth into a tared 125-mL Erlenmeyer flask. The vialwas rinsed with tetrahydrofuran (5×1 mL) before the filter cake waswashed with tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). A wt% analysis was performed on thefiltrate and an assay yield was measured.

mol % mol % Assay Yield Ligand Pd₂dba₃ ligand Time (h) (%)

 0.5% 0.25% 1.2% 0.6% 22 24 93 96 ^(a)Assay yields were determined byweight percent analyses versus commercially available4-nitrobenzophenone.

^(a)Assay yields were determined by weight percent analyses versuscommercially available 4-nitrobenzophenone.

Example 21 Palladium-catalyzed Selective N-arylation of Oxindole

4-(2-Oxoindolin-1-yl)benzonitrile.

In a nitrogen-atmosphere glovebox, a microwave vial equipped with amagnetic stir bar was charged with oxindole (40 mg, 0.300 mmol, 1equivalent), 4-chlorobenzonitrile (50 mg, 0.361 mmol, 1.2 equivalents),potassium carbonate (83 mg, 0.601 mmol, 2 equivalents),tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (Pd₂dba₃) (2.8 mg, 0.0030 mmol,0.01 equivalents) and2,2,7,7-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphepane(3.0 mg, 0.0066 mmol, 0.022 equivalents). Then tetrahydrofuran (0.3 mL)was syringed into the vial. The vial was sealed with a crimp top andplaced in a heating block at 80 ° C. After 24 hours, the vial wasremoved from the heating block, cooled to room temperature and broughtout of the glovebox. The reaction solution was diluted withtetrahydrofuran (2 mL) and filtered into a tared 125-mL Erlenmeyerflask. The vial was rinsed with tetrahydrofuran (2×2.5 mL), followed bywashing of the filter cake with tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). A wt% analysiswas performed on the filtered solution and an assay yield of 71% wasmeasured (literature reference: Altman RA, et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc.2008; 130: 9613-9620). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.90-7.82 (m, 2H),7.68-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.13 (m,1H), 6.93 (dd, J=9.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (s, 2H).

Assay Yield Ligand (%)^(a)

71 ^(a)Assay yield was determined by weight percent analysis versusisolated, characterized product.

^(a)Assay yield was determined by weight percent versus isolated,characterized product.

Example 22 Palladium-catalyzed Alkyl Suzuki-Miyaura Cross-coupling withan Aryl Bromide

Toluene.

In a nitrogen-atmosphere glovebox, a microwave vial equipped with amagnetic stir bar was charged with potassium trifluoromethylborate (140mg, 1.15 mmol, 1.2 equivalents), cesium carbonate (934 mg, 2.87 mmol, 3equivalents), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (Pd₂dba₃) (8.8mg, 0.00955 mmol, 0.01 equivalents), and phosphine ligand (0.021 mmol,0.022 equivalents). Dioxane (1.7 mL) was added to the vial and theresulting slurry was stirred for 1 hour before adding water (190 μL) andbromobenzene (101 μL, 0.955 mmol, 1 equivalent). The vial was sealedwith a crimp top and placed in a heating block at 100 ° C. After 21hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and brought out ofthe glovebox. The reaction solution was filtered into a tared 125-mLErlenmeyer flask. The vial was rinsed with dioxane (5×1 mL), followed bywashing of the filter cake with dioxane (5 mL). A wt% analysis wasperformed on the filtrate to obtain an assay yield for toluene.

Assay Yield Ligand (%)^(a)

68

72 ^(a)Assay yields were determined by weight percent analyses versus atoluene standard.

^(a)Assay yields were determined by weight percent analyses versus atoluene standard.

Example 23 Palladium-catalyzed Borylation of an Aryl Chloride

4-Methoxyphenylboronic acid pinacol ester.

In a nitrogen-atmosphere glovebox, a microwave vial equipped with amagnetic stir bar was charged bis(pinacolato)diboron (107 mg, 0.421mmol, 1.2 equivalents), potassium acetate (68.8 mg, 0.701 mmol, 2equivalents), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (Pd₂dba₃) (3.2mg, 0.00351 mmol, 0.01 equivalents), and8-(2′,6′-diisopropoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane(4.1 mg, 0.00842 mmol, 0.024 equivalents). Then dioxane (0.7 mL) wassyringed into the vial, followed by 4-chloroanisole (43 μL, 0.351 mmol,1 equivalent). The vial was sealed with a crimp top and placed in aheating block at 110 ° C. After 20 hours, the reaction vial was removedfrom the heating block, cooled to room temperature and brought out ofthe glovebox. The reaction solution was filtered into a tared 125-mLErlenmeyer flask. The vial was rinsed with dioxane (5×1 mL), followed bywashing of the filter cake with dioxane (5 mL). A wt% analysis wasperformed on the filtered solution to obtain an assay yield of 73%.

Assay Yield Ligand (%)^(a)

73 (42)^(b) ^(a)Assay yields were determined by weight percent analysesversus commercially available material. ^(b)Value in parentheses is theassay yield of the borylation when 0.25 mol %tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (Pd₂dba₃) and 0.6 mol % ligandwere used under the same reaction conditions.

^(a)Assay yields were determined by weight percent analyses versuscommercially available material. ^(b)Value in parentheses is the assayyield of the borylation when 0.25 mol %tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (Pd₂dba₃) and 0.6 mol % ligandwere used under the same reaction conditions.

Example 24 Palladium-catalyzed Fluorination of an ArylTriflouromethanesulfonate

2-Fluorobiphenyl.

In a nitrogen-atmosphere glovebox, a microwave vial equipped with amagnetic stir bar was charged with cesium fluoride (101 mg, 0.662 mmol,2 equivalents), palladium catalyst (0.00662 mmol, 0.02 equivalents),7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane (11.0 mg, 0.020 mmol, 0.06 equivalents) and biphenyl-2-yltrifluoromethanesulfonate (Wang J-Q, et al. Tetrahedron 2002; 58:5927-5931) (100 mg, 0.331 mmol, 1 equivalent). After adding toluene(1.65 mL) the vial was sealed with a crimp top and placed in a heatingblock at 110 ° C. After 18 hours, the vial was removed from the heatingblock, cooled to room temperature and brought out of the glovebox. Thereaction solution was diluted with tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) and filteredinto a tared 125-mL Erlenmeyer flask. The vial was rinsed withtetrahydrofuran (5×1 mL), followed by washing of the filter cake withtetrahydrofuran (5 mL). A wt% analysis was performed on the filteredsolution and an assay yield was measured against commercially available2-fluorobiphenyl (literature reference: Watson DA, et al. Science 2009;325: 1661-1664).

Assay Yield Ligand Pd catalyst (%)^(a)

[(allyl)PdCl]₂ [(cin- namyl)PdCl]₂ 78 (4) 73 (3) ^(a)Assay yields weredetermined be weight percent analyses versus commercially availablematerial. Values in parentheses are the measured assay yields ofbiphenyl formed via reduction of starting triflate.

-   -   ^(a) Assay yields were determined by weight percent analyses        versus commercially available material. Values in parentheses        are the measured assay yields of biphenyl formed via reduction        of starting triflate.

Example 25 Palladium-catalyzed Arylation of a Secondary Amine

4-Tolylmorpholine.

In a nitrogen-atmosphere glovebox, a microwave vial equipped with amagnetic stir bar was charged with sodium tert-butoxide (56.9 mg, 0.592mmol, 1.5 equivalents), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)(Pd₂dba₃) (3.62 mg, 0.00395 mmol, 0.01 equivalents), phosphine ligand(0.00869 mmol, 0.022 equivalents) and dioxane (0.79 mL). To the slurrywas added 4-chlorotoluene (47 μL, 0.395 mmol, 1 equivalents) andmorpholine (42 μL, 0.474 mmol, 1 2 equivalents). The vial was sealedwith a crimp top and stirred at 100 ° C. After 14 hours, the vial wasremoved from the heating block, cooled to room temperature and broughtout of the glovebox. To assay the crude reaction, an aliquot (7 μL) wastaken and diluted in acetonitrile (1.5 mL), then injected onto an HPLCinstrument. For isolation purposes, the reaction solution was worked upby diluting with CH₂Cl₂ (2 mL) and filtering into a round-bottom flask.The vial was rinsed with CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL), followed by washing of thefilter cake with CH₂Cl₂ (2 mL). The volatiles were removed on a rotaryevaporator and the crude concentrate was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (25 g silica gel, 85:15 heptane:ethyl acetate). Thepurified product was isolated as a beige solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ ppm 7.10 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.88-6.81 (m, 2H), 3.87 (dd, J=5.7, 3.9Hz, 4H), 3.15-3.09 (m, 4H), 2.29 (s, 3H).

Conversion Ligand (%)^(a) Area %^(b)

>99 87.8 (93%)^(c)

>99 74.3

>99 75.1

>99 81.9 (83%)^(c)

>99 77.6 ^(a)Reaction conversion determined by reverse phase HPLC versusisolated, characterized product. The conversion is a ratio of((desired)/(starting material + desired)). ^(b)Area % of desired productin the crude reaction solution measured at 210 nm by HPLC. ^(c)Isolatedyield of product following column chromatography.

^(a)Reaction conversion determined by reverse phase HPLC versusisolated, characterized product. The conversion is a ratio of((desired)/(starting material+desired)). ^(b)Area% of desired product inthe crude reaction solution measured at 210 nm by HPLC. ^(c)Isolatedyield of product following column chromatography.

Example 26 Palladium-catalyzed Coupling of Bromobenzene with a Thiol

Diphenylsulfide.

In a nitrogen-atmosphere glovebox, a microwave vial equipped with amagnetic stir bar was charged with sodium tert-butoxide (33.7 mg, 0.350mmol, 1.1 equivalents), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)(Pd₂dba₃) (2.9 mg, 0.00318 mmol, 0.01 equivalents),7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane (3.8 mg, 0.00764 mmol, 0.024 equivalents) and dioxane (0.48mL). The slurry was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour before addingbromobenzene (34 μl, 0.318 mmol, 1 equivalent) and benzenethiol (33 μl,0.318 mmol, 1 equivalent). The vial was sealed with a crimp top andstirred at 110 ° C. After 19 hours, the vial was removed from theheating block, cooled to room temperature and brought out of theglovebox. The reaction solution was diluted with tetrahydrofuran (2 mL)and filtered into a tared 125-mL Erlenmeyer flask. The vial was rinsedwith tetrahydrofuran (5×1 mL), followed by washing of the filter cakewith tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). A wt% analysis was performed on thefiltered solution and an assay yield of 88% was measured againstcommercially available diphenylsulfide.

Assay Yield Ligand (%)^(a)

88 ^(a)Assay yield was determined by weight percent analysis versuscommercially available material.

^(α)Assay yield was determined by weight percent analysis versuscommercially available material.

Example 27 Palladium-catalyzed Suzuki-Miyaura Coupling

4-Acetylbiphenyl.

In a nitrogen-atmosphere glovebox, a microwave vial equipped with amagnetic stir bar was charged with phenylboronic acid (59 mg, 0.485mmol, 1.5 equivalents), cesium carbonate (316 mg, 0.970 mmol, 3equivalents), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (Pd₂dba₃) (3.0mg, 0.00323 mmol, 0.01 equivalents), phosphine ligand (0.00712 mmol,0.022 equivalents) and toluene (0.65 mL). The slurry was stirred at roomtemperature for 1 hour before adding 4′-chloroacetophenone (42 μl, 0.323mmol, 1 equivalents). The vial was sealed with a crimp top and stirredat 100 ° C. After 14 hours, the vial was removed from the heating block,cooled to room temperature and brought out of the glovebox. The reactionsolution was diluted with tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) and filtered into atared 125-mL Erlenmeyer flask. The vial was rinsed with tetrahydrofuran(3×2 mL), followed by washing of the filter cake with tetrahydrofuran (5mL). A wt % analysis was performed on the filtered solution and an assayyield was measured versus commercially available 4-acetylbiphenyl. Amodified solvent gradient was utilized in the HPLC method for the weight% analyses. On an Ascentis® Express C8 (2.7 μm, 4.6 mm ×150 mm) columnat 40 ° C. with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/minute, the following gradient wasused: starting at 60% A (0.1% HCIO₄ in water) and 40% B (acetonitrile),ramped up to 5% A and 95% B over 8 minutes, followed by a 2 minute hold,and ramp down to 60% A and 40% B over 1 minute.

Assay Yield Ligand (%)^(a)

80

85

87 ^(a)Assay yields were determined by weight percent analyses versuscommercially available material.

^(a)Assay yields were determined by weight percent analyses versuscommercially available material.

Example 28 Palladium-catalyzed Cyanation of an Aryl Bromide

4-Nitrobenzonitrile.

In a nitrogen-atmosphere glovebox, a microwave vial equipped with amagnetic stir bar was charged with 1-bromo-4-nitrobenzene (50 mg, 0.248mmol, 1 equivalent), zinc cyanide (16.0 mg, 0.136 mmol, 0.55equivalents), zinc dust (1.6 mg, 0.025 mmol, 0.1 equivalents),tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (Pd₂dba₃) (4.5 mg, 0.00495mmol, 0.02 equivalents), phosphine ligand (0.012 mmol, 0.048equivalents) and dimethylformamide (0.55 mL). The vial was sealed with acrimp top and stirred at 100 ° C. After 20 hours, the vial was removedfrom the heating block, cooled to room temperature and brought out ofthe glovebox. The reaction solution was diluted with tetrahydrofuran (2mL) and filtered into a tared 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask. The vial wasrinsed with tetrahydrofuran (5×1 mL), followed by washing of the filtercake with tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). A wt % analysis was performed on thefiltered solution and an assay yield was measured versus commerciallyavailable 4-nitrobenzonitrile.

Assay Ligand Yield (%)^(a)

82

81

78

81

77

74 ^(a)Assay yields were determined by weight percent analyses versuscommercially available material.

^(a)Assay yields were determined by weight percent analyses versuscommercially available material.

Example 29 Palladium-catalyzed Coupling of Diethylphosphite withBromobenzene

Diethyl phenylphosphonate.

In a nitrogen-atmosphere glovebox, a microwave vial equipped with amagnetic stir bar was charged with palladium(II) acetate (1.4 mg,0.00637 mmol, 0.02 equivalents),8-(1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane (3.6 mg, 0.00764 mmol, 0.024 equivalents) and ethanol (0.64mL). To the slurry were added triethylamine (67 μl, 0.478 mmol, 1.5equivalents), bromobenzene (34 μL, 0.318 mmol, 1 equivalent) anddiethylphosphite (49 μl, 0.382 mmol, 1.2 equivalents). The vial wassealed with a crimp top and stirred at 80 ° C. After 24 hours, the vialwas removed from the heating block, cooled to room temperature andbrought out of the glovebox. The reaction solution was diluted withtetrahydrofuran (2 mL) and filtered into a tared 125 -mL Erlenmeyerflask. The vial was rinsed with tetrahydrofuran (5×1 mL), followed bywashing of the filter cake with tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). A wt % analysiswas performed on the filtrate and an assay yield of 59% was measuredversus commercially available diethyl phenylphosphonate.

Assay Yield Ligand (%)^(a)

59 ^(a)Assay yield was determined by weight percent analysis versuscommercially available material.

^(a)Assay yield was determined by weight percent analysis versuscommercially available material.

It is understood that the foregoing detailed description andaccompanying examples are merely illustrative and are not to be taken aslimitations upon the scope of the invention, which is defined solely bythe appended claims and their equivalents. Various changes andmodifications to the disclosed embodiments will be apparent to thoseskilled in the art. Such changes and modifications, including withoutlimitation those relating to the chemical structures, substituents,derivatives, intermediates, syntheses, formulations, or methods, or anycombination of such changes and modifications of use of the invention,may be made without departing from the spirit and scope thereof.

The invention claimed is:
 1. A method of forming a bond in a chemicalreaction comprising catalyzing said reaction with a transition metalcatalyst precursor and a compound of formula (I),

or a salt thereof, wherein Ar¹ and Ar² are each independently aryl orheteroaryl, and wherein Ar¹ and Ar² are each independently optionallysubstituted with one or more R¹ and R², respectively; R¹ and R² areindependently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting ofhydrogen; amino; hydroxyl; cyano; halo; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl;haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; oxoalkyl; alkoxy; aryloxy; heteroaryloxy;arylamino; heteroarylamino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; cycloalkyloptionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano,halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; cycloalkyloxy optionally substituted withalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy;5- or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl,alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; phenyl optionallysubstituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkylor haloalkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; hydroxyalkoxy; alkoxyalkyl; aminoalkyl;N-alkylaminoalkyl; N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl; N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl;L¹—C(O)—OR^(1′), L¹—P(O)—(OR^(1′))₂, or L¹—S(O)₂—OR^(1′), wherein L¹ isa bond or alkylene, and R^(1′) is selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, alkyl and hydroxyalkyl; L²—O—C(O)—R^(2′), wherein L² is a bondor alkylene, and R^(2′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; L³—C(O)—NR^(3′)R^(4′),wherein L³ is a bond or alkylene, and R^(3′) and R^(4′) are eachindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, andhydroxyalkyl; L⁴—NR^(5′)—C(O)—R^(6′), wherein L⁴ is a bond or alkylene,R^(5′) is hydrogen or alkyl, and R^(6′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl;sulfamoyl; N-(alkyl)sulfamoyl; N,N-(dialkyl)sulfamoyl; sulfonamide;sulfate; alkylthio; thioalkyl; and a ring containing an alkylene or—O—(CH₂)_(m)—O— formed by the joining together of any two R¹ or any twoR² or an R¹ and an R² , wherein m is 1, 2, 3 or 4; X is a 6-memberedcyclic phosphine of formula (Ia):

wherein ring A includes three carbon ring atoms in addition to thephosphorus and 2 carbon ring atoms of formula (Ia); wherein the ringatoms of ring A are each independently optionally substituted with oneor more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkenyl;alkoxy; alkoxyalkyl; alkyl; alkylamino; alkylthio; alkynyl; aminoalkyl;N-alkylaminoalkyl; N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl; N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl;arylalkyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy,cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; cycloalkyl optionally substitutedwith alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl orhaloalkoxy; dialkylamino; halo; haloalkyl; fluoroalkyl; heteroaryloptionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano,halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; heterocycloalkyl optionally substitutedwith alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl orhaloalkoxy; hydroxy; hydroxyalkyl; oxo; an exocyclic double bondoptionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl,heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; a 3- to 7-membered spiro ring containingzero, one, or two heteroatoms; phenyl optionally substituted with alkyl,alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy;L¹—C(O)—OR^(1′), L¹—P(O)—(OR^(1′))₂, or L¹—S(O)₂—OR^(1′), wherein L¹ isa bond or alkylene, and R^(1′) is selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; L²—O—C(O)—R^(2′), wherein L² is a bondor alkylene, and R^(2′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; L³—C(O)—NR^(3′)R^(4′),wherein L³ is a bond or alkylene, and R^(3′) and R^(4′) are eachindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, andhydroxyalkyl; L⁴—NR^(5′)—C(O)—R^(6′), wherein L⁴ is a bond or alkylene,R^(5′) is hydrogen or alkyl, and R^(6′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; andL⁷—NR^(8′)—S(O)₂—R^(9′), wherein L⁷ is a bond or alkylene, R^(8′) ishydrogen or alkyl, and R^(9′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; as to R¹⁰, R¹¹,R¹², and R¹³, i. R¹⁰ or R¹¹ together with R¹² or R¹³ form a ring; or ii.R¹⁰ and R¹¹ together with the carbon atom to which they are attachedform a spirocyclic ring and/or R¹² and R¹³ together with the carbon atomto which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring; or iii. one or moreof R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ form a ring together with a ring substituent ofring A; or iv. R¹⁰, R¹¹ , R12 and R¹³ are each independently selectedfrom the group consisting of hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; haloalkyl;alkynyl; oxoalkyl; cycloalkyl optionally substituted with alkyl,alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy;heterocyclyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; heteroaryl optionallysubstituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkylor haloalkoxy; phenyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl,alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; hydroxyalkyl;alkoxyalkyl; aminoalkyl; N-alkylaminoalkyl; N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl;N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl; thioalkyl; L¹³—C(O)—OR^(14′),L¹³—P(O)—(OR^(14′))₂, or L¹³—S(O)₂—OR^(14′), wherein L¹³ is a bond oralkylene, and R^(14′) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,alkyl and hydroxyalkyl; L¹⁵—O—C(O)—R^(16′), wherein L¹⁵ is alkylene andR^(16′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; L¹⁷—C(O)—NR^(18′)R^(19′), wherein L¹⁷is a bond or alkylene, and R^(18′) and R^(19′) are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and hydroxyalkyl; and L²⁰—NR^(21′)—C(O)—R^(22′), wherein L^(°) is alkylene, R^(21′) ishydrogen or alkyl, and R^(22′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; wherein thebond formed in the chemical reaction is selected from the groupconsisting of a carbon-nitrogen bond, a carbon-oxygen bond, acarbon-carbon bond, a carbon-sulfur bond, a carbon-phosphorus bond, acarbon-boron bond, a carbon-fluorine bond and a carbon-hydrogen bond. 2.The method of claim 1, wherein said compound has a structurecorresponding to a structure of a formula selected from the groupconsisting of formulae (I-1) - (I-42), or a salt thereof:

wherein V¹, V², V³, and V⁴ are each independently CR¹ or N; V⁵, V⁶, V⁷,V⁸ and V⁹ are each independently CR² or N; W¹, W², an W³ are eachindependently selected from the group consisting of CR¹, NR¹, N and O;W⁴ is C or N; W⁵ is C or N; W⁶, W⁷, W⁸ and W⁹ are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of CR², NR², N and O; and ring C, ateach occurrence, is a fused-aryl or fused-heteroaryl and is optionallysubstituted with R¹ and R².
 3. The method of claim 1, wherein X isattached to an atom of Ar¹ adjacent to the atom bonded to Ar².
 4. Themethod of claim 2, wherein X is a phosphine of formula (Id), or a saltthereof:

wherein one or more of R¹⁶, R¹⁷, R¹⁸, and R¹⁹ optionally form a ringwith R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², or R¹³; or R¹⁷ together with R¹⁸ optionally form acarbonyl; an exocyclic double bond optionally substituted with alkyl,alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; or a 3-to 7—membered spiro ring containing zero, one, or two heteroatoms,optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl,heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; or R¹⁶ and R¹⁹ are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, alkyl, haloalkyl,fluoroalkyl, alkenyl, and alkoxy; or R¹⁷ and R¹⁸ are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halo; fluoro; alkyl;alkenyl; alkynyl; haloalkyl; fluoroalkyl; alkyloxy; N-alkylamino;N,N-dialkylamino; cycloalkyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl,alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; heterocycloalkyloptionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano,halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; heteroaryl optionally substituted withalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy,phenyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy,cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; arylalkyl optionally substitutedwith alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl orhaloalkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; alkoxyalkyl; aminoalkyl; N-alkylaminoalkyl;N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl; N,N,N-trialkylammoniumalkyl; L¹—C(O)—OR^(1′),L¹—P(O)—(OR^(1′))₂, or L¹—S(O)₂—OR^(1′), wherein L¹ is a bond oralkylene, and R^(1′) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,alkyl and hydroxyalkyl L²—O—C(O)—R^(2′), wherein L² is a bond oralkylene, and R^(2′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; L³—C(O)—NR^(3′)R^(4′),wherein L³ is a bond or alkylene, R^(3′) and R^(4′) are eachindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, andhydroxyalkyl; L⁴—NR^(5′)—C(O)—R^(6′), wherein L⁴ is a bond or alkylene,and R^(5′) is hydrogen or alkyl, R^(6′) is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; andalkylthio; and at least one of bonds a and b in formula (Id) is a singlebond and one of bonds a or b is optionally a double bond.
 5. The methodof claim 4, wherein R¹⁶ and R¹⁹ are hydrogen.
 6. The method of claim 4,wherein R¹⁷ and R¹⁸ together with the carbon atom to which they areattached form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered spirocyclic ringcontaining 0, 1, or 2 ring heteroatoms.
 7. The method of claim 4,wherein X is a phosphine having a structure corresponding to a formulaselected from the group consisting of:

or a salt thereof, wherein R″ is selected from the group consisting ofoxygen, NR²⁰, and C(R²⁰)₂; R²⁰ is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl, wherein the aryl, heteroaryl, aryl ofarylalkyl and heteroaryl of heteroarylalkyl are optionally substitutedwith alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl orhaloalkoxy; and n is 0, 1, or
 2. 8. The method of claim 1, wherein Ar¹and Ar² are each aryl.
 9. The method of claim 1, wherein Ar¹ issubstituted with two R¹ and Ar² is substituted with three R².
 10. Themethod of claim 1, wherein R¹ is alkyloxy and wherein R² is alkyl. 11.The method of claim 1, wherein R² is isopropyl.
 12. The method of claim1, wherein X is a phosphine of formula (Id):

wherein each of R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³ is alkyl; R¹⁷ and R¹⁸ are eachindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, or R¹⁷together with R¹⁸ optionally form a carbonyl or a 3- to 7-membered spiroring containing zero, one, or two heteroatoms; each of R¹⁶ and R¹⁹ ishydrogen; and each of bonds a and b is a single bond.
 13. The method ofclaim 12, wherein R¹⁷ together with R¹⁸ form a 5-membered spiro ringcontaining two heteroatoms.
 14. The method of claim 13, wherein the twoheteroatoms are each oxygen.
 15. The method of claim 1, wherein R¹⁰,R¹¹, R¹², and R¹³ are each methyl.
 16. The method of claim 2, saidcompound having the structure corresponding to formula (I-1)

wherein V¹ and V⁴ are each CR¹, wherein R¹ at each occurrence is alkoxy;V² and V³ are each CR¹, wherein R¹ at each occurrence is hydrogen; V⁵,V⁷ and V⁹ are each CR², wherein R² at each occurrence is alkyl; V⁶ andV⁸ are each CR², wherein R² at each occurrence is hydrogen; and X is aphosphine having a structure corresponding to a formula selected fromthe group consisting of formulae 1-1, 1-3 and 1-5


17. The method of claim 2, said compound having a structurecorresponding to formula (I-1),

or a salt thereof, wherein V¹ and V⁴ are CR¹, wherein R¹ isindependently, at each occurrence, hydrogen or alkoxy; V² and V³ areCR¹, wherein R¹ is independently, at each occurrence, hydrogen oralkoxy; V⁵ and V⁹ are CR², wherein R² is independently, at eachoccurrence, selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkoxy,alkyl, and dialkylamino; V⁶ and V⁸ are CR², wherein R² is independently,at each occurrence, hydrogen or alkoxy; V⁷ is CR², wherein R² ishydrogen or alkyl; and X is selected from the group consisting ofphoshines of formulae 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, and 1-64


18. The method of claim 17, wherein the compound is selected from thegroup consisting of:2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinane;2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one;2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-ol;7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;8,8,10,10-tetramethyl-9-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,5-dioxa-9-phosphaspiro[5.5]undecane;3,3,8,8,10,10-hexamethyl-9-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)-1,5-dioxa-9-phosphaspiro[5.5]undecane;1-(2′-(dimethylamino)-6′-methoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(2′,6′-bis(dimethylamino)biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(2′,6′-diisopropoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(2′-(dimethylamino)biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(biphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(3,6-dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′-trimethylbiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one;2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-4,5-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinan-4-one;1-(3′,5′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(4′-tert-butylbiphenyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;6-methoxy-N,N-dimethyl-2′-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)biphenyl-2-amine;N²,N²,N⁶,N⁶-tetramethyl-2′-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)biphenyl-2,6-diamine;8-(2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;8-(2′,6′-diisopropoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;N,N-dimethyl-2′-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)biphenyl-2-amine;8-(biphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;8-(3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;8-(3,6-dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′-trimethylbiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-4,5-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;8-(3′,5′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;8-(4′-tent-butylbiphenyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;and2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphinane.19. The method of claim 2, said compound having a structurecorresponding to formula (I-8),

or a salt thereof, wherein V¹ and V² are each CR¹, wherein R¹ is, ateach occurrence, hydrogen; V⁷ and V⁸ are each CR², wherein R² is, ateach occurrence, hydrogen; V⁹ is CR², wherein R² is hydrogen; ring C ateach occurrence is an unsubstituted fused-phenyl; and X is a phosphinehaving a structure corresponding to a formula selected from the groupconsisting of formulae 1-1, 1-3 and 1-5.


20. The method of claim 19, wherein said compound is selected from thegroup consisting of:2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2-(naphthalen-1-yl)phenyl)phosphinan-4-one; and7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(4-methyl-2-(naphthalen-1-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane.
 21. The method of claim 2, said compound havinga structure corresponding to formula (I-10),

or a salt thereof, wherein V¹ and V² are each CR¹, wherein R¹ is, ateach occurrence, hydrogen; V⁷ and V⁸ are each CR², wherein R² is, ateach occurrence, hydrogen; V⁹ is CR², wherein R² is hydrogen or alkoxy;ring C at each occurrence is an unsubstituted fused-phenyl; and X is aphosphine having a structure corresponding to a formula selected fromthe group consisting of formulae 1-1, 1-3, and 1-5.


22. The method of claim 21, wherein said compound is selected from thegroup consisting of:1-(1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(2′-methoxy-1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;8-(1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane;and8-(2′-methoxy-1,1′-binaphthyl-2-yl)-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane.23. The method of claim 2, said compound having a structurecorresponding to formula (I-9),

or a salt thereof, wherein V¹, V², V³, and V⁴ are each CR¹, wherein R¹,at each occurrence, is hydrogen; V⁵, V⁸ and V⁹ are each CR², wherein R²,at each occurrence, is hydrogen; ring C is an unsubstitutedfused-phenyl; and X is a phosphine having a structure corresponding to aformula selected from the group consisting of formulae 1-1, 1-3, and1-5.


24. The method of claim 23, wherein said compound is selected from thegroup consisting of:2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(2-(naphthalen-2-yl)phenyl)phosphinan-4-one; and7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2-(naphthalen-2-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane.25. The method of claim 2, said compound having a structurecorresponding to formula (I-2),

or a salt thereof, wherein W¹ and W² are each CR¹, wherein R¹, at eachoccurrence, is hydrogen; W³ and W⁴ are each N; V⁵, V⁶, V⁷, V⁸, and V⁹are each CR², wherein R², at each occurrence, is hydrogen; and X is aphosphine having a structure corresponding to a formula selected fromthe group consisting of formulae 1-1, 1-3 and 1-5.


26. The method of claim 25, wherein said compound is selected from thegroup consisting of:2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-(1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phosphinan-4-one; and1-phenyl-5-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)-1H-pyrazole.27. The method of claim 2, said compound having a structurecorresponding to formula (I-3),

or a salt thereof, wherein V¹, V², V³ and V⁴ are each CR¹, wherein R¹,at each occurrence, is hydrogen; W⁶, W⁷, W⁸ and W⁹ are each CR², whereinR², at each occurrence, is hydrogen; W⁵ is N; and X is a phosphinehaving a structure corresponding to a formula selected from the groupconsisting of formulae 1-1, 1-3 and 1-5.


28. The method of claim 27, wherein said compound is selected from thegroup consisting of:1-(2-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-4-one;1-(2-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)phenyl)-1H-pyrrole;and 1-(2-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-l-yl)phenyl)-1H-pyrrole.
 29. Themethod of claim 2, said compound having a structure corresponding toformula (I-4),

or a salt thereof, wherein W¹ and W² are each CR¹, wherein R¹, at eachoccurrence, is hydrogen; W³ and W⁴ are each N; W⁵ is C; W⁶ and W⁹ areeach CR², wherein R², at each occurrence, is substituted orunsubstituted phenyl; W⁷ is N; W⁸ is NR², wherein R², at eachoccurrence, is phenyl optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl,alkynyl, alkoxy, cyano, halo, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; and X is aphosphine having a structure corresponding to a formula selected fromthe group consisting of formulae 1-1, 1-3 and 1-5.


30. The method of claim 29, wherein said compound is selected from thegroup consisting of:2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl-1-(1′,3′,5′-triphenyl-1′H-1,4-bipyrazol-5-yl)phosphinan-4-one;1′1′,3′,5′-Triphenyl-5-(7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decan -8-yl)-1′H-1,4′-bipyrazole; and1′,3′,5′-Triphenyl-5-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylphosphinan-l-yl)-1′H-1,4′-bipyrazole.31. The method of claim 2, wherein said compound is7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa-8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane.32. The method of claim 1, wherein the bond formed in the chemicalreaction is a carbon-nitrogen bond.
 33. The method of claim 1, whereinthe chemical reaction comprises reacting a primary sulfonamide with anaryl nonaflate in the presence of a palladium catalyst precursor. 34.The method of claim 1, wherein the chemical reaction comprises reactinga primary sulfonamide with compound (5):

wherein Ar³ is optionally substituted aryl or optionally substitutedheteroaryl; LG₁ is a leaving group selected from the group consisting ofchloro, bromo, iodo and —OSO₂R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is selected from thegroup consisting of aryl, alkyl, fluoroalkyl,-fluoroalkyl-O-fluoroalkyl, -N(alkyl)₂, -O(alkyl), -O(aryl), fluoro,imidazolyl, and isomers and homologs thereof; and R^(A) is optionallysubstituted aryl or alkyl.
 35. The method of claim 34, wherein Ar³ issubstituted naphthyl.
 36. The method of claim 34, wherein LG₁ is—OSO₂R^(1a), and wherein R^(1a) is perfluorobutyl (C₄F₉).
 37. The methodof claim 34, wherein R^(A) is methyl.
 38. The method of claim 34,wherein the the compound of formula (I) is7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-8-(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)-1,4-dioxa8-phosphaspiro[4.5]decane, and the transition metal catalyst precursoris -tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0).